Cisco IOS XR MPLS Configuration Guide for the Cisco CRS Router, Release 4.1
Implementing MPLS Traffic Engineering
Downloads: This chapterpdf (PDF - 2.96MB) The complete bookPDF (PDF - 5.64MB) | Feedback

Implementing MPLS Traffic Engineering

Contents

Implementing MPLS Traffic Engineering

Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) is a standards-based solution driven by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) that was devised to convert the Internet and IP backbones from best-effort networks into business-class transport mediums.

MPLS, with its label switching capabilities, eliminates the need for an IP route look-up and creates a virtual circuit (VC) switching function, allowing enterprises the same performance on their IP-based network services as with those delivered over traditional networks such as Frame Relay or Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM).

MPLS traffic engineering (MPLS-TE) software enables an MPLS backbone to replicate and expand upon the TE capabilities of Layer 2 ATM and Frame Relay networks. MPLS is an integration of Layer 2 and Layer 3 technologies. By making traditional Layer 2 features available to Layer 3, MPLS enables traffic engineering. Thus, you can offer in a one-tier network what now can be achieved only by overlaying a Layer 3 network on a Layer 2 network.

Feature History for Implementing MPLS-TE

Release

Modification

Release 2.0

This feature was introduced.

Release 3.3.0

Support was added for Generalized MPLS.

Release 3.4.0

Support was added for Flexible Name-based Tunnel Constraints, Interarea MPLS-TE, MPLS-TE Forwarding Adjacency, GMPLS Protection and Restoration, and GMPLS Path Protection.

Release 3.4.1

Support was added for MPLS-TE and fast reroute link bundling.

Release 3.5.0

Support was added for Unequal Load Balancing, IS-IS IP Fast Reroute Loop-free Alternative routing functionality, and Path Computation Element (PCE).

Release 3.7.0

Support was added for the following features:

  • Ignore Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) overload bit setting in MPLS-TE.
  • MPLS-TE/Fast Reroute (FRR) over Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) interfaces.

Release 3.8.0

Support was added for the following features:

  • MPLS-TE Automatic Bandwidth.
  • SRLG (Shared Risk Link Groups).
  • Policy Based Tunnel Selection (PBTS) IPv6 that includes the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) default path.

Release 3.9.0

The Point-to-Multipoint TE feature was added.

Release 4.0.0

Support was added for the following features:

  • AutoTunnel Backup
  • SRLG (Shared Risk Link Groups)

Release 4.1.0

Support was added for the following features:

  • Ignore Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System Overload Bit Setting in MPLS-TE

Release 4.1.1

The Auto-Tunnel Mesh feature was added.

Prerequisites for Implementing Cisco MPLS Traffic Engineering

These prerequisites are required to implement MPLS TE:

  • You must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. The command reference guides include the task IDs required for each command. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
  • Router that runs Cisco IOS XR software .
  • Installed composite mini-image and the MPLS package, or a full composite image.
  • IGP activated.
  • To configure Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP)-TE, a base set of RSVP and TE configuration parameters on ingress, midpoint, and egress nodes in the MPLS network is required. In addition, Point-to-Point (P2P) parameters are required.
  • Enable LDP globally by using the mpls ldp command to allocate local labels even in RSVP (MPLS TE) only core. You do not have to specify any interface if the core is LDP free.

Information About Implementing MPLS Traffic Engineering

To implement MPLS-TE, you should understand these concepts:

Overview of MPLS Traffic Engineering

MPLS-TE software enables an MPLS backbone to replicate and expand upon the traffic engineering capabilities of Layer 2 ATM and Frame Relay networks. MPLS is an integration of Layer 2 and Layer 3 technologies. By making traditional Layer 2 features available to Layer 3, MPLS enables traffic engineering. Thus, you can offer in a one-tier network what now can be achieved only by overlaying a Layer 3 network on a Layer 2 network.

MPLS-TE is essential for service provider and Internet service provider (ISP) backbones. Such backbones must support a high use of transmission capacity, and the networks must be very resilient so that they can withstand link or node failures. MPLS-TE provides an integrated approach to traffic engineering. With MPLS, traffic engineering capabilities are integrated into Layer 3, which optimizes the routing of IP traffic, given the constraints imposed by backbone capacity and topology.

Benefits of MPLS Traffic Engineering

MPLS-TE enables ISPs to route network traffic to offer the best service to their users in terms of throughput and delay. By making the service provider more efficient, traffic engineering reduces the cost of the network.

Currently, some ISPs base their services on an overlay model. In the overlay model, transmission facilities are managed by Layer 2 switching. The routers see only a fully meshed virtual topology, making most destinations appear one hop away. If you use the explicit Layer 2 transit layer, you can precisely control how traffic uses available bandwidth. However, the overlay model has numerous disadvantages. MPLS-TE achieves the TE benefits of the overlay model without running a separate network and without a non-scalable, full mesh of router interconnects.

How MPLS-TE Works

MPLS-TE automatically establishes and maintains label switched paths (LSPs) across the backbone by using RSVP. The path that an LSP uses is determined by the LSP resource requirements and network resources, such as bandwidth. Available resources are flooded by means of extensions to a link-state-based Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP).

MPLS-TE tunnels are calculated at the LSP headend router, based on a fit between the required and available resources (constraint-based routing). The IGP automatically routes the traffic to these LSPs.

Typically, a packet crossing the MPLS-TE backbone travels on a single LSP that connects the ingress point to the egress point. MPLS-TE is built on these mechanisms:
Tunnel interfaces

From a Layer 2 standpoint, an MPLS tunnel interface represents the headend of an LSP. It is configured with a set of resource requirements, such as bandwidth and media requirements, and priority. From a Layer 3 standpoint, an LSP tunnel interface is the headend of a unidirectional virtual link to the tunnel destination.

MPLS-TE path calculation module

This calculation module operates at the LSP headend. The module determines a path to use for an LSP. The path calculation uses a link-state database containing flooded topology and resource information.

RSVP with TE extensions

RSVP operates at each LSP hop and is used to signal and maintain LSPs based on the calculated path.

MPLS-TE link management module

This module operates at each LSP hop, performs link call admission on the RSVP signaling messages, and performs bookkeeping on topology and resource information to be flooded.

Link-state IGP (Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System [IS-IS] or Open Shortest Path First [OSPF]—each with traffic engineering extensions)

These IGPs are used to globally flood topology and resource information from the link management module.

Enhancements to the shortest path first (SPF) calculation used by the link-state IGP (IS-IS or OSPF)

The IGP automatically routes traffic to the appropriate LSP tunnel, based on tunnel destination. Static routes can also be used to direct traffic to LSP tunnels.

Label switching forwarding

This forwarding mechanism provides routers with a Layer 2-like ability to direct traffic across multiple hops of the LSP established by RSVP signaling.

One approach to engineering a backbone is to define a mesh of tunnels from every ingress device to every egress device. The MPLS-TE path calculation and signaling modules determine the path taken by the LSPs for these tunnels, subject to resource availability and the dynamic state of the network.

The IGP (operating at an ingress device) determines which traffic should go to which egress device, and steers that traffic into the tunnel from ingress to egress. A flow from an ingress device to an egress device might be so large that it cannot fit over a single link, so it cannot be carried by a single tunnel. In this case, multiple tunnels between a given ingress and egress can be configured, and the flow is distributed using load sharing among the tunnels.

MPLS Traffic Engineering

Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) is an Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF)-specified framework that provides efficient designation, routing, forwarding, and switching of traffic flows through the network.

TE is the process of adjusting bandwidth allocations to ensure that enough bandwidth is available for high-priority traffic.

In MPLS TE, the upstream router creates a network tunnel for a particular traffic stream and sets the bandwidth available for that tunnel.

Backup AutoTunnels

The MPLS Traffic Engineering AutoTunnel Backup feature enables a router to dynamically build backup tunnels on the interfaces that are configured with MPLS TE tunnels. This feature enables a router to dynamically build backup tunnels when they are needed. This prevents you from having to build MPLS TE tunnels statically.

The MPLS Traffic Engineering (TE)—AutoTunnel Backup feature has these benefits:

  • Backup tunnels are built automatically, eliminating the need for users to preconfigure each backup tunnel and then assign the backup tunnel to the protected interface.
  • Protection is expanded—FRR does not protect IP traffic that is not using the TE tunnel or Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) labels that are not using the TE tunnel.

This feature protects against these failures:

  • P2P Tunnel NHOP protection—Protects against link failure for the associated P2P protected tunnel
  • P2P Tunnel NNHOP protection—Protects against node failure for the associated P2P protected tunnel
  • P2MP Tunnel NHOP protection—Protects against link failure for the associated P2MP protected tunnel
Link Protection

The backup tunnels that bypass only a single link of the LSP path provide link protection. They protect LSPs, if a link along their path fails, by rerouting the LSP traffic to the next hop, thereby bypassing the failed link. These are referred to as NHOP backup tunnels because they terminate at the LSP's next hop beyond the point of failure.

This figure illustrates link protection.

Figure 1. Link Protection

Node Protection

The backup tunnels that bypass next-hop nodes along LSP paths are called NNHOP backup tunnels because they terminate at the node following the next-hop node of the LSPs, thereby bypassing the next-hop node. They protect LSPs by enabling the node upstream of a link or node failure to reroute the LSPs and their traffic around a node failure to the next-hop node. NNHOP backup tunnels also provide protection from link failures because they bypass the failed link and the node.

This figure illustrates node protection.

Figure 2. Node Protection

Backup AutoTunnel Assignment

At the head or mid points of a tunnel, the backup assignment finds an appropriate backup to protect a given primary tunnel for FRR protection.

The backup assignment logic is performed differently based on the type of backup configured on the output interface used by the primary tunnel. Configured backup types are:

  • Static Backup
  • AutoTunnel Backup
  • No Backup (In this case no backup assignment is performed and the tunnels is unprotected.)

    Note


    Static backup and Backup AutoTunnel cannot exist together on the same interface or link.



    Note


    Node protection is always preferred over link protection in the Backup AutoTunnel assignment.


In order that the Backup AutoTunnel feature operates successfully, the following configuration must be applied at global configuration level:

ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng Loopback 0

Note


The Loopback 0 is used as router ID.


Explicit Paths

Explicit paths are used to create backup autotunnels as follows:

For NHOP Backup Autotunnels:

  • NHOP excludes the protected link's local IP address.
  • NHOP excludes the protected link’s remote IP address.
  • The explicit-path name is _autob_nhop_tunnelxxx, where xxx matches the dynamically created backup tunnel ID.

For NNHOP Backup Autotunnels:

  • NNHOP excludes the protected link’s local IP address.
  • NNHOP excludes the protected link’s remote IP address (link address on next hop).
  • NNHOP excludes the NHOP router ID of the protected primary tunnel next hop.
  • The explicit-path name is _autob_nnhop_tunnelxxx, where xxx matches the dynamically created backup tunnel ID.

Periodic Backup Promotion

The periodic backup promotion attempts to find and assign a better backup for primary tunnels that are already protected.

With AutoTunnel Backup, the only scenario where two backups can protect the same primary tunnel is when both an NHOP and NNHOP AutoTunnel Backups get created. The backup assignment takes place as soon as the NHOP and NNHOP backup tunnels come up. So, there is no need to wait for the periodic promotion.

Although there is no exception for AutoTunnel Backups, periodic backup promotion has no impact on primary tunnels protected by AutoTunnel Backup.

One exception is when a manual promotion is triggered by the user using the mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute timers promotion command, where backup assignment or promotion is triggered on all FRR protected primary tunnels--even unprotected ones. This may trigger the immediate creation of some AutoTunnel Backup, if the command is entered within the time window when a required AutoTunnel Backup has not been yet created.

You can configure the periodic promotion timer using the global configuration mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute timers promotion sec command. The range is 0 to 604800 seconds.


Note


A value of 0 for the periodic promotion timer disables the periodic promotion.


Protocol-Based CLI

Cisco IOS XR software provides a protocol-based command line interface. The CLI provides commands that can be used with the multiple IGP protocols supported by MPLS-TE.

Differentiated Services Traffic Engineering

MPLS Differentiated Services (Diff-Serv) Aware Traffic Engineering (DS-TE) is an extension of the regular MPLS-TE feature. Regular traffic engineering does not provide bandwidth guarantees to different traffic classes. A single bandwidth constraint is used in regular TE that is shared by all traffic. To support various classes of service (CoS), users can configure multiple bandwidth constraints. These bandwidth constraints can be treated differently based on the requirement for the traffic class using that constraint.

MPLS DS-TE provides the ability to configure multiple bandwidth constraints on an MPLS-enabled interface. Available bandwidths from all configured bandwidth constraints are advertised using IGP. TE tunnel is configured with bandwidth value and class-type requirements. Path calculation and admission control take the bandwidth and class-type into consideration. RSVP is used to signal the TE tunnel with bandwidth and class-type requirements.

MPLS DS-TE is deployed with either Russian Doll Model (RDM) or Maximum Allocation Model (MAM) for bandwidth calculations.

Cisco IOS XR software supports two DS-TE modes: Prestandard and IETF.

Prestandard DS-TE Mode

Prestandard DS-TE uses the Cisco proprietary mechanisms for RSVP signaling and IGP advertisements. This DS-TE mode does not interoperate with third-party vendor equipment. Note that prestandard DS-TE is enabled only after configuring the sub-pool bandwidth values on MPLS-enabled interfaces.

Prestandard Diff-Serve TE mode supports a single bandwidth constraint model a Russian Doll Model (RDM) with two bandwidth pools: global-pool and sub-pool.

TE class map is not used with Prestandard DS-TE mode.

IETF DS-TE Mode

IETF DS-TE mode uses IETF-defined extensions for RSVP and IGP. This mode interoperates with third-party vendor equipment.

IETF mode supports multiple bandwidth constraint models, including RDM and MAM, both with two bandwidth pools. In an IETF DS-TE network, identical bandwidth constraint models must be configured on all nodes.

TE class map is used with IETF DS-TE mode and must be configured the same way on all nodes in the network.

Bandwidth Constraint Models

IETF DS-TE mode provides support for the RDM and MAM bandwidth constraints models. Both models support up to two bandwidth pools.

Cisco IOS XR software provides global configuration for the switching between bandwidth constraint models. Both models can be configured on a single interface to preconfigure the bandwidth constraints before swapping to an alternate bandwidth constraint model.


Note


NSF is not guaranteed when you change the bandwidth constraint model or configuration information.


By default, RDM is the default bandwidth constraint model used in both pre-standard and IETF mode.

Maximum Allocation Bandwidth Constraint Model

The MAM constraint model has the following characteristics:

  • Easy to use and intuitive.
  • Isolation across class types.
  • Simultaneously achieves isolation, bandwidth efficiency, and protection against QoS degradation.
Russian Doll Bandwidth Constraint Model

The RDM constraint model has these characteristics:

  • Allows greater sharing of bandwidth among different class types.
  • Ensures bandwidth efficiency simultaneously and protection against QoS degradation of all class types.
  • Specifies that it is used in conjunction with preemption to simultaneously achieve isolation across class-types such that each class-type is guaranteed its share of bandwidth, bandwidth efficiency, and protection against QoS degradation of all class types.

Note


We recommend that RDM not be used in DS-TE environments in which the use of preemption is precluded. Although RDM ensures bandwidth efficiency and protection against QoS degradation of class types, it does guarantee isolation across class types.


TE Class Mapping

Each of the eight available bandwidth values advertised in the IGP corresponds to a TE class. Because the IGP advertises only eight bandwidth values, there can be a maximum of only eight TE classes supported in an IETF DS-TE network.

TE class mapping must be exactly the same on all routers in a DS-TE domain. It is the responsibility of the operator configure these settings properly as there is no way to automatically check or enforce consistency.

The operator must configure TE tunnel class types and priority levels to form a valid TE class. When the TE class map configuration is changed, tunnels already up are brought down. Tunnels in the down state, can be set up if a valid TE class map is found.

The default TE class and attributes are listed. The default mapping includes four class types.

Table 1 TE Classes and Priority

TE Class

Class Type

Priority

0

0

7

1

1

7

2

Unused

3

Unused

4

0

0

5

1

0

6

Unused

7

Unused

Flooding

Available bandwidth in all configured bandwidth pools is flooded on the network to calculate accurate constraint paths when a new TE tunnel is configured. Flooding uses IGP protocol extensions and mechanisms to determine when to flood the network with bandwidth.

Flooding Triggers

TE Link Management (TE-Link) notifies IGP for both global pool and sub-pool available bandwidth and maximum bandwidth to flood the network in these events:

  • Periodic timer expires (this does not depend on bandwidth pool type).
  • Tunnel origination node has out-of-date information for either available global pool or sub-pool bandwidth, causing tunnel admission failure at the midpoint.
  • Consumed bandwidth crosses user-configured thresholds. The same threshold is used for both global pool and sub-pool. If one bandwidth crosses the threshold, both bandwidths are flooded.

Flooding Thresholds

Flooding frequently can burden a network because all routers must send out and process these updates. Infrequent flooding causes tunnel heads (tunnel-originating nodes) to have out-of-date information, causing tunnel admission to fail at the midpoints.

You can control the frequency of flooding by configuring a set of thresholds. When locked bandwidth (at one or more priority levels) crosses one of these thresholds, flooding is triggered.

Thresholds apply to a percentage of the maximum available bandwidth (the global pool), which is locked, and the percentage of maximum available guaranteed bandwidth (the sub-pool), which is locked. If, for one or more priority levels, either of these percentages crosses a threshold, flooding is triggered.


Note


Setting up a global pool TE tunnel can cause the locked bandwidth allocated to sub-pool tunnels to be reduced (and hence to cross a threshold). A sub-pool TE tunnel setup can similarly cause the locked bandwidth for global pool TE tunnels to cross a threshold. Thus, sub-pool TE and global pool TE tunnels can affect each other when flooding is triggered by thresholds.


Fast Reroute

Fast Reroute (FRR) provides link protection to LSPs enabling the traffic carried by LSPs that encounter a failed link to be rerouted around the failure. The reroute decision is controlled locally by the router connected to the failed link. The headend router on the tunnel is notified of the link failure through IGP or through RSVP. When it is notified of a link failure, the headend router attempts to establish a new LSP that bypasses the failure. This provides a path to reestablish links that fail, providing protection to data transfer.

FRR (link or node) is supported over sub-pool tunnels the same way as for regular TE tunnels. In particular, when link protection is activated for a given link, TE tunnels eligible for FRR are redirected into the protection LSP, regardless of whether they are sub-pool or global pool tunnels.


Note


The ability to configure FRR on a per-LSP basis makes it possible to provide different levels of fast restoration to tunnels from different bandwidth pools.


You should be aware of these requirements for the backup tunnel path:

  • Backup tunnel must not pass through the element it protects.
  • Primary tunnel and a backup tunnel should intersect at least at two points (nodes) on the path: point of local repair (PLR) and merge point (MP). PLR is the headend of the backup tunnel, and MP is the tailend of the backup tunnel.

Note


When you configure TE tunnel with multiple protection on its path and merge point is the same node for more than one protection, you must configure record-route for that tunnel.


IS-IS IP Fast Reroute Loop-free Alternative

For bandwidth protection, there must be sufficient backup bandwidth available to carry primary tunnel traffic. Use the ipfrr lfa command to compute loop-free alternates for all links or neighbors in the event of a link or node failure. To enable node protection on broadcast links, IPRR and bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) must be enabled on the interface under IS-IS.


Note


MPLS FRR and IPFRR cannot be configured on the same interface at the same time.


For information about configuring BFD, see Cisco IOS XR Interface and Hardware Configuration Guide for the Cisco CRS-1 Router.

MPLS-TE and Fast Reroute over Link Bundles

MPLS Traffic Engineering (TE) and Fast Reroute (FRR) are supported over bundle interfaces. MPLS-TE/FRR over virtual local area network (VLAN) interfaces is supported. Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) over VLAN is used as an FRR trigger to obtain less than 50 milliseconds of switchover time.

These link bundle types are supported for MPLS-TE/FRR:

  • Over POS link bundles.
  • Over Ethernet link bundles.
  • Over VLANs over Ethernet link bundles.
  • Number of links are limited to 100 for MPLS-TE and FRR.
  • VLANs go over any Ethernet interface (for example, GigabitEthernet, TenGigE, and FastEthernet, so forth).

FRR is supported over bundle interfaces in the following ways:

  • Uses minimum links as a threshold to trigger FRR over a bundle interface.
  • Uses the minimum total available bandwidth as a threshold to trigger FRR.

Ignore Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System Overload Bit Setting in MPLS-TE

The Ignore Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) overload bit avoidance feature allows network administrators to prevent RSVP-TE label switched paths (LSPs) from being disabled, when a router in that path has its Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) overload bit set.

The IS-IS overload bit avoidance feature is activated using this command:

mpls traffic-eng path-selection ignore overload

The IS-IS overload bit avoidance feature is deactivated using the no form of this command:

no mpls traffic-eng path-selection ignore overload

When the IS-IS overload bit avoidance feature is activated, all nodes, including head nodes, mid nodes, and tail nodes, with the overload bit set, are ignored. This means that they are still available for use with RSVP-TE label switched paths (LSPs). This feature enables you to include an overloaded node in CSPF.

Enhancement Options of IS-IS OLA

You can restrict configuring IS-IS overload bit avoidance with the following enhancement options:

  • path-selection ignore overload head The tunnels stay up if set-overload-bit is set by IS-IS on the head router. Ignores overload during CSPF for LSPs originating from an overloaded node. In all other cases (mid, tail, or both), the tunnel stays down.
  • path-selection ignore overload mid The tunnels stay up if set-overload-bit is set by IS-IS on the mid router. Ignores overload during CSPF for LSPs transiting from an overloaded node. In all other cases (head, tail, or both), the tunnel stays down.
  • path-selection ignore overload tail The tunnels stay up if set-overload-bit is set by IS-IS on the tail router. Ignores overload during CSPF for LSPs terminating at an overloaded node. In all other cases (head, mid, or both), the tunnel stays down.
  • path-selection ignore overload The tunnels stay up irrespective of on which router the set-overload-bit is set by IS-IS.

    Note


    When you do not select any of the options, including head nodes, mid nodes, and tail nodes, you get a behavior that is applicable to all nodes. This behavior is backward compatible in nature.


For more information related to IS-IS overload avoidance related commands, see Cisco IOS XR MPLS Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router.

DWDM Transponder Integration

A GMPLS UNI based solution preserves all the advantages of the integration of the DWDM transponder into the router blade. These advantages include:

  • improved CAPEX and OPEX models
  • component, space and power savings
  • improved IP availability through pro-active protection.

GMPLS Benefits

GMPLS bridges the IP and photonic layers, thereby making possible interoperable and scalable parallel growth in the IP and photonic dimensions.

This allows for rapid service deployment and operational efficiencies, as well as for increased revenue opportunities. A smooth transition becomes possible from a traditional segregated transport and service overlay model to a more unified peer model.

By streamlining support for multiplexing and switching in a hierarchical fashion, and by utilizing the flexible intelligence of MPLS-TE, optical switching GMPLS becomes very helpful for service providers wanting to manage large volumes of traffic in a cost-efficient manner.

GMPLS Support

GMPLS-TE provides support for:

  • Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) for bidirectional TE tunnel
  • Frame, lambda, and port (fiber) labels
  • Numbered or Unnumbered links
  • OSPF extensions–Route computation with optical constraints
  • RSVP extensions–Graceful Restart
  • Graceful deletion
  • LSP hierarchy
  • Peer model
  • Border model Control plane separation
  • Interarea or AS-Verbatim
  • BGP4 or MPLS
  • Restoration–Dynamic path computation
  • Control channel manager
  • Link summary
  • Protection and restoration

GMPLS Protection and Restoration

GMPLS provides protection against failed channels (or links) between two adjacent nodes (span protection) and end-to-end dedicated protection (path protection). After the route is computed, signaling to establish the backup paths is carried out through RSVP-TE or CR-LDP. For span protection, 1+1 or M:N protection schemes are provided by establishing secondary paths through the network. In addition, you can use signaling messages to switch from the failed primary path to the secondary path.


Note


Only 1:1 end-to-end path protection is supported.


The restoration of a failed path refers to the dynamic establishment of a backup path. This process requires the dynamic allocation of resources and route calculation. The following restoration methods are described:

  • Line restoration—Finds an alternate route at an intermediate node.
  • Path restoration—Initiates at the source node to route around a failed path within the path for a specific LSP.

Restoration schemes provide more bandwidth usage, because they do not preallocate any resource for an LSP.

GMPLS combines MPLS-FRR and other types of protection, such as SONET/SDH and wavelength.

In addition to SONET alarms in POS links, protection and restoration is also triggered by bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD).

1:1 LSP Protection

When one specific protecting LSP or span protects one specific working LSP or span, 1:1 protection scheme occurs. However, normal traffic is transmitted only over one LSP at a time for working or recovery.

1:1 protection with extra traffic refers to the scheme in which extra traffic is carried over a protecting LSP when the protecting LSP is not being used for the recovery of normal traffic. For example, the protecting LSP is in standby mode. When the protecting LSP is required to recover normal traffic from the failed working LSP, the extra traffic is preempted. Extra traffic is not protected, but it can be restored. Extra traffic is transported using the protected LSP resources.

Shared Mesh Restoration and M:N Path Protection

Both shared mesh restoration and M:N (1:N is more practical) path protection offers sharing for protection resources for multiple working LSPs. For 1:N protection, a specific protecting LSP is dedicated to the protection of up to N working LSPs and spans. Shared mesh is defined as preplanned LSP rerouting, which reduces the restoration resource requirements by allowing multiple restoration LSPs to be initiated from distinct ingress nodes to share common resources, such as links and nodes.

End-to-end Recovery

End-to-end recovery refers to an entire LSP from the source for an ingress router endpoint to the destination for an egress router endpoint.

GMPLS Protection Requirements

The GMPLS protection requirements are specific to the protection scheme that is enabled at the data plane. For example, SONET APS or MPLS-FRR are identified as the data level for GMPLS protection.

GMPLS Prerequisites

The following prerequisites are required to implement GMPLS on Cisco IOS XR software:

  • You must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs for GMPLS commands.
  • Router that runs Cisco IOS XR software.
  • Installation of the Cisco IOS XR softwaremini-image on the router.

Flexible Name-based Tunnel Constraints

MPLS-TE Flexible Name-based Tunnel Constraints provides a simplified and more flexible means of configuring link attributes and path affinities to compute paths for MPLS-TE tunnels.

In the traditional TE scheme, links are configured with attribute-flags that are flooded with TE link-state parameters using Interior Gateway Protocols (IGPs), such as Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).

MPLS-TE Flexible Name-based Tunnel Constraints lets you assign, or map, up to 32 color names for affinity and attribute-flag attributes instead of 32-bit hexadecimal numbers. After mappings are defined, the attributes can be referred to by the corresponding color name in the command-line interface (CLI). Furthermore, you can define constraints using include, include-strict, exclude, and exclude-all arguments, where each statement can contain up to 10 colors, and define include constraints in both loose and strict sense.


Note


You can configure affinity constraints using attribute flags or the Flexible Name Based Tunnel Constraints scheme; however, when configurations for both schemes exist, only the configuration pertaining to the new scheme is applied.


MPLS Traffic Engineering Interarea Tunneling

Interarea Support

The MPLS-TE interarea tunneling feature allows you to establish P2P tunnels spanning multiple Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) areas and levels, thereby eliminating the requirement that headend and tailend routers reside in a single area.

Interarea support allows the configuration of a TE LSP that spans multiple areas, where its headend and tailend label switched routers (LSRs) reside in different IGP areas.

Multiarea and Interarea TE are required by the customers running multiple IGP area backbones (primarily for scalability reasons). This lets you limit the amount of flooded information, reduces the SPF duration, and lessens the impact of a link or node failure within an area, particularly with large WAN backbones split in multiple areas.

Figure 3. Interarea (OSPF) TE Network Diagram. This figure shows a typical interarea TE network.



Multiarea Support

Multiarea support allows an area border router (ABR) LSR to support MPLS-TE in more than one IGP area. A TE LSP is still confined to a single area.

Multiarea and Interarea TE are required when you run multiple IGP area backbones. The Multiarea and Interarea TE allows you to:

  • Limit the volume of flooded information.
  • Reduce the SPF duration.
  • Decrease the impact of a link or node failure within an area.
Figure 4. Interlevel (IS-IS) TE Network



As shown in the figure, R2, R3, R7, and R4 maintain two databases for routing and TE information. For example, R3 has TE topology information related to R2, flooded through Level-1 IS-IS LSPs plus the TE topology information related to R4, R9, and R7, flooded as Level 2 IS-IS Link State PDUs (LSPs) (plus, its own IS-IS LSP).


Note


You can configure multiple areas within an IS-IS Level 1. This is transparent to TE. TE has topology information about the IS-IS level, but not the area ID.


Loose Hop Expansion

Loose hop optimization allows the reoptimization of tunnels spanning multiple areas and solves the problem which occurs when an MPLS-TE LSP traverses hops that are not in the LSP's headend's OSPF area and IS-IS level.

Interarea MPLS-TE allows you to configure an interarea traffic engineering (TE) label switched path (LSP) by specifying a loose source route of ABRs along the path. It is the then the responsibility of the ABR (having a complete view of both areas) to find a path obeying the TE LSP constraints within the next area to reach the next hop ABR (as specified on the headend). The same operation is performed by the last ABR connected to the tailend area to reach the tailend LSR.

You must be aware of these considerations when using loose hop optimization:

  • You must specify the router ID of the ABR node (as opposed to a link address on the ABR).
  • When multiarea is deployed in a network that contains subareas, you must enable MPLS-TE in the subarea for TE to find a path when loose hop is specified.
  • You must specify the reachable explicit path for the interarea tunnel.

Loose Hop Reoptimization

Loose hop reoptimization allows the reoptimization of the tunnels spanning multiple areas and solves the problem which occurs when an MPLS-TE headend does not have visibility into other IGP areas.

Whenever the headend attempts to reoptimize a tunnel, it tries to find a better path to the ABR in the headend area. If a better path is found then the headend initiates the setup of a new LSP. In case a suitable path is not found in the headend area, the headend initiates a querying message. The purpose of this message is to query the ABRs in the areas other than the headend area to check if there exist any better paths in those areas. The purpose of this message is to query the ABRs in the areas other than the headend area, to check if a better path exists. If a better path does not exist, ABR forwards the query to the next router downstream. Alternatively, if better path is found, ABR responds with a special Path Error to the headend to indicate the existence of a better path outside the headend area. Upon receiving the Path Error that indicates the existence of a better path, the headend router initiates the reoptimization.

ABR Node Protection

Because one IGP area does not have visibility into another IGP area, it is not possible to assign backup to protect ABR node. To overcome this problem, node ID sub-object is added into the record route object of the primary tunnel so that at a PLR node, backup destination address can be checked against primary tunnel record-route object and assign a backup tunnel.

Fast Reroute Node Protection

If a link failure occurs within an area, the upstream router directly connected to the failed link generates an RSVP path error message to the headend. As a response to the message, the headend sends an RSVP path tear message and the corresponding path option is marked as invalid for a specified period and the next path-option (if any) is evaluated.

To retry the ABR immediately, a second path option (identical to the first one) should be configured. Alternatively, the retry period (path-option hold-down, 2 minutes by default) can be tuned to achieve a faster retry.

MPLS-TE Forwarding Adjacency

The MPLS-TE Forwarding Adjacency feature allows a network administrator to handle a traffic engineering, label-switched path (LSP) tunnel as a link in an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) network based on the Shortest Path First (SPF) algorithm. A forwarding adjacency can be created between routers regardless of their location in the network.

MPLS-TE Forwarding Adjacency Benefits

TE tunnel interfaces are advertised in the IGP network just like any other links. Routers can then use these advertisements in their IGPs to compute the SPF even if they are not the head end of any TE tunnels.

MPLS-TE Forwarding Adjacency Restrictions

The following restrictions are listed for the MPLS-TE Forwarding Adjacency feature:

  • Using the MPLS-TE Forwarding Adjacency feature increases the size of the IGP database by advertising a TE tunnel as a link.
  • The MPLS-TE Forwarding Adjacency feature is supported by Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS).
  • When the MPLS-TE Forwarding Adjacency feature is enabled on a TE tunnel, the link is advertised in the IGP network as a Type-Length-Value (TLV) 22 without any TE sub-TLV.
  • MPLS-TE forwarding adjacency tunnels must be configured bidirectionally.

MPLS-TE Forwarding Adjacency Prerequisites

Your network must support the following features before enabling the MPLS -TE Forwarding Adjacency feature:

  • MPLS
  • IP Cisco Express Forwarding
  • Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS)

Unequal Load Balancing

Unequal load balancing permits the routing of unequal proportions of traffic through tunnels to a common destination. Load shares on tunnels to the same destination are determined by TE from the tunnel configuration and passed through the MPLS Label Switching Database (LSD) to the Forwarding Information Base (FIB).


Note


Load share values are renormalized by the FIB using values suitable for use by the forwarding code. The exact traffic ratios observed may not, therefore, exactly mirror the configured traffic ratios. This effect is more pronounced if there are many parallel tunnels to a destination, or if the load shares assigned to those tunnels are very different. The exact renormalization algorithm used is platform-dependent.


There are two ways to configure load balancing:
Explicit configuration

Using this method, load shares are explicitly configured on each tunnel.

Bandwidth configuration

If a tunnel is not configured with load-sharing parameters, the tunnel bandwidth and load-share values are considered equivalent for load-share calculations between tunnels, and a direct comparison between bandwidth and load-share configuration values is calculated.


Note


Load shares are not dependent on any configuration other than the load share and bandwidth configured on the tunnel and the state of the global configuration switch.


Path Computation Element

Path Computation Element (PCE) solves the specific issue of inter-domain path computation for MPLS-TE label switched path (LSPs), when the head-end router does not possess full network topology information (for example, when the head-end and tail-end routers of an LSP reside in different IGP areas).

PCE uses area border routers (ABRs) to compute a TE LSP spanning multiple IGP areas as well as computation of Inter-AS TE LSP.

PCE is usually used to define an overall architecture, which is made of several components, as follows:
Path Computation Element (PCE)

Represents a software module (which can be a component or application) that enables the router to compute paths applying a set of constraints between any pair of nodes within the router’s TE topology database. PCEs are discovered through IGP.

Path Computation Client (PCC)

Represents a software module running on a router that is capable of sending and receiving path computation requests and responses to and from PCEs. The PCC is typically an LSR (Label Switching Router).

PCC-PCE communication protocol (PCEP)

Specifies that PCEP is a TCP-based protocol defined by the IETF PCE WG, and defines a set of messages and objects used to manage PCEP sessions and to request and send paths for multi-domain TE LSPs. PCEP is used for communication between PCC and PCE (as well as between two PCEs) and employs IGP extensions to dynamically discover PCE.

Figure 5. Path Computation Element Network Diagram. This figure shows a typical PCE implementation.



Path computation elements provides support for the following message types and objects:

  • Message types: Open, PCReq, PCRep, PCErr, Close
  • Objects: OPEN, CLOSE, RP, END-POINT, LSPA, BANDWIDTH, METRIC, and NO-PATH
Related References

Policy-Based Tunnel Selection

These topics provide information about policy-based tunnel selection (PBTS):

Policy-Based Tunnel Selection Overview

PBTS provides a mechanism that lets you direct traffic into specific TE tunnels based on different criteria. PBTS will benefit Internet service providers (ISPs) who carry voice and data traffic through their MPLS and MPLS/VPN networks, who want to route this traffic to provide optimized voice service.

PBTS works by selecting tunnels based on the classification criteria of the incoming packets, which are based on the IP precedence, experimental (EXP) , or type of service (ToS) field in the packet. When there are no paths with a default class configured, this traffic is forwarded using the paths with the lowest class value.

Figure 6. Policy-Based Tunnel Selection Implementation. This figure illustrates a PBTS implementation.



Policy-Based Tunnel Selection Functions

The following PBTS functions are supported on the Cisco CRS-1Router and the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router:

  • IPv4 traffic arrives unlabeled on the VRF interface and the non-VRF interface.
  • MPLS traffic is supported on the VRF interface and the non-VRF interface.
  • Load balancing across multiple TE tunnels with the same traffic class attribute is supported.
  • Selected TE tunnels are used to service the lowest tunnel class as default tunnels.
  • LDP over TE tunnel and single-hop TE tunnel are supported.
  • Both Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) paths are used as the default path for all traffic that belongs to a class that is not configured on the TE tunnels.

The following PBTS functions are supported on the Cisco CRS-1Router and the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router:

  • L2VPN preferred path selection lets traffic be directed to a particular TE tunnel.
  • According to the quality-of-service (QoS) policy, tunnel selection is based on the outgoing experimental (EXP) value and the remarked EXP value.
  • IPv6 traffic for both 6VPE and 6PE scenarios are supported.

PBTS Restrictions

When implementing PBTS, the following restrictions are listed:

  • When you enable QoS EXP remarking on an interface, the EXP value is used to determine the egress tunnel interface, not the incoming EXP value.
  • Egress-side remarking does not affect PBTS tunnel selection.
  • For information about the PBTS default path behavior and thempls traffic-eng igp-intact (OSPF) command or mpls traffic-eng igp-intact (IS-IS) command, see Cisco IOS XR Routing Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router.

Path Protection

Path protection provides an end-to-end failure recovery mechanism (that is, a full path protection) for MPLS-TE tunnels. A secondary Label Switched Path (LSP) is established, in advance, to provide failure protection for the protected LSP that is carrying a tunnel's TE traffic. When there is a failure on the protected LSP, the source router immediately enables the secondary LSP to temporarily carry the tunnel's traffic. If there is a failure on the secondary LSP, the tunnel no longer has path protection until the failure along the secondary path is cleared. Path protection can be used within a single area (OSPF or IS-IS), external BGP [eBGP], and static routes.

The failure detection mechanisms triggers a switchover to a secondary tunnel by:

  • Path error or resv-tear from Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) signaling
  • Notification from the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) protocol that a neighbor is lost
  • Notification from the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) that the adjacency is down
  • Local teardown of the protected tunnel's LSP due to preemption in order to signal higher priority LSPs, a Packet over SONET (POS) alarm, online insertion and removal (OIR), and so on

An alternate recovery mechanism is Fast Reroute (FRR), which protects MPLS-TE LSPs only from link and node failures, by locally repairing the LSPs at the point of failure.

Although not as fast as link or node protection, presignaling a secondary LSP is faster than configuring a secondary primary path option, or allowing the tunnel's source router to dynamically recalculate a path. The actual recovery time is topology-dependent, and affected by delay factors such as propagation delay or switch fabric latency.

Pre-requisites for Path Protection

These are the pre-requisites for enabling path protection:

  • Ensure that your network supports MPLS-TE, Cisco Express Forwarding, and Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) or Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).
  • Enable MPLS.
  • Configure TE on the routers.
  • Configure a TE tunnel with a dynamic path option by using the path-option command with the dynamic keyword.

Restrictions for Path Protection

  • Only Point-to-Point (P2P) tunnels are supported.
  • Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) TE tunnels are not supported.
  • A maximum of one standby LSP is supported.
  • There can be only one secondary path for each dynamic path option.
  • Explicit path option can be configured for the path protected TE with the secondary path option as dynamic.
  • Do not use link and node protection with path protection on the headend router.
  • A maximum number of path protected tunnel TE heads is 2000.
  • A maximum number of TE tunnel heads is equal to 4000.

MPLS-TE Automatic Bandwidth

The MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth feature measures the traffic in a tunnel and periodically adjusts the signaled bandwidth for the tunnel.

These topics provide information about MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth:

MPLS-TE Automatic Bandwidth Overview

MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth is configured on individual Label Switched Paths (LSPs) at every head-end. MPLS-TE monitors the traffic rate on a tunnel interface. Periodically, MPLS-TE resizes the bandwidth on the tunnel interface to align it closely with the traffic in the tunnel. MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth can perform these functions:

  • Monitors periodic polling of the tunnel output rate
  • Resizes the tunnel bandwidth by adjusting the highest rate observed during a given period

For every traffic-engineered tunnel that is configured for an automatic bandwidth, the average output rate is sampled, based on various configurable parameters. Then, the tunnel bandwidth is readjusted automatically based upon either the largest average output rate that was noticed during a certain interval, or a configured maximum bandwidth value.

This table lists the automatic bandwidth functions.

Table 2 Automatic Bandwidth Variables

Function

Command

Description

Default Value

Application frequency

application command

Configures how often the tunnel bandwidths changed for each tunnel. The application period is the period of A minutes between the bandwidth applications during which the output rate collection is done.

24 hours

Requested bandwidth

bw-limit command

Limits the range of bandwidth within the automatic-bandwidth feature that can request a bandwidth.

0 Kbps

Collection frequency

auto-bw collect command

Configures how often the tunnel output rate is polled globally for all tunnels.

5 min

Highest collected bandwidth

You cannot configure this value.

Delta

You cannot configure this value.

The output rate on a tunnel is collected at regular intervals that are configured by using the application command in MPLS-TE auto bandwidth interface configuration mode. When the application period timer expires, and when the difference between the measured and the current bandwidth exceeds the adjustment threshold, the tunnel is reoptimized. Then, the bandwidth samples are cleared to record the new largest output rate at the next interval.

When reoptimizing the LSP with the new bandwidth, a new path request is generated. If the new bandwidth is not available, the last good LSP continues to be used. This way, the network experiences no traffic interruptions.

If minimum or maximum bandwidth values are configured for a tunnel, the bandwidth, which the automatic bandwidth signals, stays within these values.


Note


When more than 100 tunnels are auto-bw enabled, the algorithm will jitter the first application of every tunnel by a maximum of 20% (max 1hour). The algorithm does this to avoid too many tunnels running auto bandwidth applications at the same time.


If a tunnel is shut down, and is later brought again, the adjusted bandwidth is lost and the tunnel is brought back with the initial configured bandwidth. In addition, the application period is reset when the tunnel is brought back.

Adjustment Threshold

Adjustment Threshold is defined as a percentage of the current tunnel bandwidth and an absolute (minimum) bandwidth. Both thresholds must be fulfilled for the automatic bandwidth to resignal the tunnel. The tunnel bandwidth is resized only if the difference between the largest sample output rate and the current tunnel bandwidth is larger than the adjustment thresholds.

For example, assume that the automatic bandwidth is enabled on a tunnel in which the highest observed bandwidth B is 30 Mbps. Also, assume that the tunnel was initially configured for 45 Mbps. Therefore, the difference is 15 mbit/s. Now, assuming the default adjustment thresholds of 10% and 10kbps, the tunnel is signalled with 30 Mbps when the application timer expires. This is because 10% of 45Mbit/s is 4.5 Mbit/s, which is smaller than 15 Mbit/s. The absolute threshold, which by default is 10kbps, is also crossed.

Overflow Detection

Overflow detection is used if a bandwidth must be resized as soon as an overflow condition is detected, without having to wait for the expiry of an automatic bandwidth application frequency interval.

For overflow detection one configures a limit N, a percentage threshold Y% and optionally, a minimum bandwidth threshold Z. The percentage threshold is defined as the percentage of the actual signalled tunnel bandwidth. When the difference between the measured bandwidth and the actual bandwidth are both larger than Y% and Z threshold, for N consecutive times, then the system triggers an overflow detection.

The bandwidth adjustment by the overflow detection is triggered only by an increase of traffic volume through the tunnel, and not by a decrease in the traffic volume. When you trigger an overflow detection, the automatic bandwidth application interval is reset.

By default, the overflow detection is disabled and needs to be manually configured.

Restrictions for MPLS-TE Automatic Bandwidth

When the automatic bandwidth cannot update the tunnel bandwidth, the following restrictions are listed:

  • Tunnel is in a fast reroute (FRR) backup, active, or path protect active state. This occurs because of the assumption that protection is a temporary state, and there is no need to reserve the bandwidth on a backup tunnel. You should prevent taking away the bandwidth from other primary or backup tunnels.
  • Reoptimization fails to occur during a lockdown. In this case, the automatic bandwidth does not update the bandwidth unless the bandwidth application is manually triggered by using the mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply command in EXEC mode.

Point-to-Multipoint Traffic-Engineering

Point-to-Multipoint Traffic-Engineering Overview

The Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) Resource Reservation Protocol-Traffic Engineering (RSVP-TE) solution allows service providers to implement IP multicast applications, such as IPTV and real-time video, broadcast over the MPLS label switch network. The RSVP-TE protocol is extended to signal point-to-point (P2P) and P2MP label switched paths (LSPs) across the MPLS and GMPLS networks.

By using RSVP-TE extensions as defined in RFC 4875, multiple subLSPs are signaled for a given TE source. The P2MP tunnel is considered as a set of Source-to-Leaf (S2L) subLSPs that connect the TE source to multiple leaf Provider Edge (PE) nodes.

At the TE source, the ingress point of the P2MP-TE tunnel, IP multicast traffic is encapsulated with a unique MPLS label, which is associated with the P2MP-TE tunnel. The traffic continues to be label-switched in the P2MP tree. If needed, the labeled packet is replicated at branch nodes along the P2MP tree. When the labeled packet reaches the egress leaf (PE) node, the MPLS label is removed and forwarded onto the IP multicast tree across the PE-CE link.

To enable end-to-end IP multicast connectivity, RSVP is used in the MPLS-core for P2MP-TE signaling and PIM is used for PE-CE link signaling.

  • All edge routers are running PIM-SSM or Source-Specific Multicast (SSM) to exchange multicast routing information with the directly-connected Customer Edge (CE) routers.
  • In the MPLS network, RSVP P2MP-TE replaces PIM as the tree building mechanism, RSVP-TE grafts or prunes a given P2MP tree when the end-points are added or removed in the TE source configuration (explicit user operation).

These are the definitions for Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) tunnels:

Source

Configures the node in which Label Switched Path (LSP) signaling is initiated.

Mid-point

Specifies the transit node in which LSP signaling is processed (for example, not a source or receiver).

Receiver, Leaf, and Destination

Specifies the node in which LSP signaling ends.

Branch Point

Specifies the node in which packet replication is performed.

Source-to-Leaf (S2L) SubLSP

Specifies the P2MP-TE LSP segment that runs from the source to one leaf.

Point-to-Multipoint Traffic-Engineering Features
  • P2MP RSVP-TE (RFC 4875) is supported. RFC 4875 is based on nonaggregate signaling; for example, per S2L signaling. Only P2MP LSP is supported.
  • interface tunnel-mte command identifies the P2MP interface type.
  • P2MP tunnel setup is supported with label replication.
  • Fast-Reroute (FRR) protection is supported with sub-50 msec for traffic loss.
  • Explicit routing is supported by using under utilized links.
  • Reoptimization is supported by calculating a better set of paths to the destination with no traffic loss.

    Note


    Per-S2L reoptimization is not supported.


  • IPv4 and IPv6 payloads are supported.
  • IPv4 and IPv6 multicast forwarding are supported on a P2MP tunnel interface through a static IGMP and MLD group configuration.
  • Both IP multicast and P2MP Label Switch Multicast (LSM) coexist in the same network; therefore, both use the same forwarding plane (LFIB or MPLS Forwarding Infrastructure [MFI]).
  • P2MP label replication supports only Source-Specific Multicast (SSM) traffic. SSM configuration supports the default value, none.
  • Static mapping for multicast groups to the P2MP-TE tunnel is required.
Point-to-Multipoint Traffic-Engineering Benefits
  • Single point of traffic control ensures that signaling and path engineering parameters (for example, protection and diversity) are configured only at the TE source node.
  • Ability to configure explicit paths to enable optimized traffic distribution and prevention of single point of failures in the network.
  • Link protection of MPLS-labeled traffic traversing branch paths of the P2MP-TE tree.
  • Ability to do bandwidth Admission Control (AC) during set up and signaling of P2MP-TE paths in the MPLS network.

Point-to-Multipoint RSVP-TE

RSVP-TE signals a P2MP tunnel base that is based on a manual configuration. If all Source-to-Leaf (S2L)s use an explicit path, the P2MP tunnel creates a static tree that follows a predefined path based on a constraint such as a deterministic Label Switched Path (LSP). If the S2L uses a dynamic path, RSVP-TE creates a P2MP tunnel base on the best path in the RSVP-TE topology. RSVP-TE supports bandwidth reservation for constraint-based routing.

When an explicit path option is used, specify both the local and peer IP addresses in the explicit path option, provided the link is a GigabitEthernet or a TenGigE based interface. For point-to-point links like POS or bundle POS, it is sufficient to mention the remote or peer IP address in the explicit path option.

RSVP-TE distributes stream information in which the topology tree does not change often (where the source and receivers are). For example, large scale video distribution between major sites is suitable for a subset of multicast applications. Because multicast traffic is already in the tunnel, the RSVP-TE tree is protected as long as you build a backup path.

Fast-Reroute (FRR) capability is supported for P2MP RSVP-TE by using the unicast link protection. You can choose the type of traffic to go to the backup link.

The P2MP tunnel is applicable for all TE Tunnel destination (IntraArea, InterArea or InterAS).

The P2MP tunnel is signaled by the dynamic and explicit path option in the IGP intra area. Only interArea and interAS, which are used for the P2MP tunnels, are signaled by the verbatim path option.

Point-to-Multipoint Fast Reroute

MPLS-TE Fast Reroute (FRR) is a mechanism to minimize interruption in traffic delivery to a TE Label Switched Path (LSP) destination as a result of link or node failures. FRR enables temporarily fast switching of LSP traffic along an alternative backup path around a network failure, until the TE tunnel source signals a new end-to-end LSP.

The Point-of-Local Repair (PLR) is a node that selects a backup tunnel and switches the LSP traffic onto the backup tunnel in case a failure is detected. The receiver of the backup tunnel is referred to as the Merge Point (MP).

Both Point-to-Point (P2P) and P2MP-TE support only the Facility FRR method from RFC 4090.

Fast reroutable LSPs can coexist with fast reroutable P2P LSPs in a network. Node, link, and bandwidth protection for P2P LSPs are supported. Both MPLS-TE link and node protection rely on the fact that labels for all primary LSPs and subLSPs are using the MPLS global label allocation. For example, one single (global) label space is used for all MPLS-TE enabled physical interfaces on a given MPLS node.

Point-to-Multipoint Label Switch Path

The Point-to-Multipoint Label Switch Path (P2MP LSP) has only a single root, which is the Ingress Label Switch Router (LSR). The P2MP LSP is created based on a receiver that is connected to the Egress LSR. The Egress LSR initiates the creation of the tree (for example, tunnel grafting or pruning is done by performing an individual sub-LSP operation) by creating the Forwarding Equivalency Class (FEC) and Opaque Value.

Note


Grafting and pruning operate on a per destination basis.


The Opaque Value contains the stream information that uniquely identifies the tree to the root. To receive label switched multicast packets, the Egress Provider Edge (PE) indicates to the upstream router (the next hop closest to the root) which label it uses for the multicast source by applying the label mapping message.

The upstream router does not need to have any knowledge of the source; it needs only the received FEC to identify the correct P2MP LSP. If the upstream router does not have any FEC state, it creates it and installs the assigned downstream outgoing label into the label forwarding table. If the upstream router is not the root of the tree, it must forward the label mapping message to the next hop upstream. This process is repeated hop-by-hop until the root is reached.

By using downstream allocation, the router that wants to receive the multicast traffic assigns the label for it. The label request, which is sent to the upstream router, is similar to an unsolicited label mapping (that is, the upstream does not request it). The upstream router that receives that label mapping uses the specific label to send multicast packets downstream to the receiver. The advantage is that the router, which allocates the labels, does not get into a situation where it has the same label for two different multicast sources. This is because it manages its own label space allocation locally.

Path Option for Point-to-Multipoint RSVP-TE

P2MP tunnels are signaled by using the dynamic and explicit path-options in an IGP intra area. InterArea and InterAS cases for P2MP tunnels are signaled by the verbatim path option.

Path options for P2MP tunnels are individually configured for each sub-LSP. Only one path option per sub-LSP (destination) is allowed. You can choose whether the corresponding sub-LSP is dynamically or explicitly routed. For the explicit option, you can configure the verbatim path option to bypass the topology database lookup and verification for the specified destination.

Both dynamic and explicit path options are supported on a per destination basis by using the path-option (P2MP-TE) command. In addition, you can combine both path options.

Explicit Path Option

Configures the intermediate hops that are traversed by a sub-LSP going from the TE source to the egress MPLS node. Although an explicit path configuration enables granular control sub-LSP paths in an MPLS network, multiple explicit paths are configured for specific network topologies with a limited number of (equal cost) links or paths.

Dynamic Path Option

Computes the IGP path of a P2MP tree sub-LSP that is based on the OSPF and ISIS algorithm. The TE source is dynamically calculated based on the IGP topology.

Dynamic Path Calculation Requirements

Dynamic path calculation for each sub-LSP uses the same path parameters as those for the path calculation of regular point-to-point TE tunnels. As part of the sub-LSP path calculation, the link resource (bandwidth) is included, which is flooded throughout the MPLS network through the existing RSVP-TE extensions to OSPF and ISIS. Instead of dynamic calculated paths, explicit paths are also configured for one or more sub-LSPs that are associated with the P2MP-TE tunnel.

  • OSPF or ISIS are used for each destination.
  • TE topology and tunnel constraints are used to input the path calculation.
  • Tunnel constraints such as affinity, bandwidth, and priorities are used for all destinations in a tunnel.
  • Path calculation yields an explicit route to each destination.
Static Path Calculation Requirements

The static path calculation does not require any new extensions to IGP to advertise link availability.

  • Explicit path is required for every destination.
  • Offline path calculation is used.
  • TE topology database is not needed.
  • If the topology changes, reoptimization is not required.

MPLS Traffic Engineering Shared Risk Link Groups

Shared Risk Link Groups (SRLG) in MPLS traffic engineering refer to situations in which links in a network share a common fiber (or a common physical attribute). These links have a shared risk, and that is when one link fails, other links in the group might fail too.

OSPF and Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) flood the SRLG value information (including other TE link attributes such as bandwidth availability and affinity) using a sub-type length value (sub-TLV), so that all routers in the network have the SRLG information for each link.

To activate the SRLG feature, configure the SRLG value of each link that has a shared risk with another link. A maximum of 30 SRLGs per interface is allowed. You can configure this feature on multiple interfaces including the bundle interface.

Figure illustrates the MPLS TE SRLG values configured on the bundle interface.

Figure 7. Shared Risk Link Group

Explicit Path

The Explicit Path configuration allows you to configure the explicit path. An IP explicit path is a list of IP addresses, each representing a node or link in the explicit path.

The MPLS Traffic Engineering (TE)—IP Explicit Address Exclusion feature provides a means to exclude a link or node from the path for an Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) TE label-switched path (LSP).

This feature is enabled through the explicit-path command that allows you to create an IP explicit path and enter a configuration submode for specifying the path. The feature adds to the submode commands of the exclude-address command for specifying addresses to exclude from the path.

The feature also adds to the submode commands of the exclude-srlg command that allows you to specify the IP address to get SRLGs to be excluded from the explicit path.

If the excluded address or excluded srlg for an MPLS TE LSP identifies a flooded link, the constraint-based shortest path first (CSPF) routing algorithm does not consider that link when computing paths for the LSP. If the excluded address specifies a flooded MPLS TE router ID, the CSPF routing algorithm does not allow paths for the LSP to traverse the node identified by the router ID.

Fast ReRoute with SRLG Constraints

Fast ReRoute (FRR) protects MPLS TE Label Switch Paths (LSPs) from link and node failures by locally repairing the LSPs at the point of failure. This protection allows data to continue to flow on LSPs, while their headend routers attempt to establish new end-to-end LSPs to replace them. FRR locally repairs the protected LSPs by rerouting them over backup tunnels that bypass failed links or nodes.

Backup tunnels that bypass only a single link of the LSP's path provide Link Protection. They protect LSPs by specifying the protected link IP addresses to extract SRLG values that are to be excluded from the explicit path, thereby bypassing the failed link. These are referred to as next-hop (NHOP) backup tunnels because they terminate at the LSP's next hop beyond the point of failure. Figure 1 illustrates an NHOP backup tunnel.

Figure 8. NHOP Backup Tunnel with SRLG constraint

In the topology shown in the above figure, the backup tunnel path computation can be performed in this manner:

  • Get all SRLG values from the exclude-SRLG link (SRLG values 5 and 6)
  • Mark all the links with the same SRLG value to be excluded from SPF
  • Path computation as CSPF R2->R6->R7->R3

FRR provides Node Protection for LSPs. Backup tunnels that bypass next-hop nodes along LSP paths are called NNHOP backup tunnels because they terminate at the node following the next-hop node of the LSP paths, thereby bypassing the next-hop node. They protect LSPs when a node along their path fails, by enabling the node upstream to the point of failure to reroute the LSPs and their traffic, around the failed node to the next-next hop. They also protect LSPs by specifying the protected link IP addresses that are to be excluded from the explicit path, and the SRLG values associated with the IP addresses excluded from the explicit path. NNHOP backup tunnels also provide protection from link failures by bypassing the failed link as well as the node. Figure 2 illustrates an NNHOP backup tunnel.

Figure 9. NNHOP Backup Tunnel with SRLG constraint

In the topology shown in the above figure, the backup tunnel path computation can be performed in this manner:

  • Get all SRLG values from the exclude-SRLG link (SRLG values 5 and 6)
  • Mark all links with the same SRLG value to be excluded from SPF
  • Verify path with SRLG constraint
  • Path computation as CSPF R2->R9->R10->R4

Importance of Protection

This section describes the following:

  • Delivery of Packets During a Failure
  • Multiple Backup Tunnels Protecting the Same Interface
Multiple Backup Tunnels Protecting the Same Interface

  • Redundancy—If one backup tunnel is down, other backup tunnels protect LSPs.
  • Increased backup capacity—If the protected interface is a high-capacity link and no single backup path exists with an equal capacity, multiple backup tunnels can protect that one high-capacity link. The LSPs using this link falls over to different backup tunnels, allowing all of the LSPs to have adequate bandwidth protection during failure (rerouting). If bandwidth protection is not desired, the router spreads LSPs across all available backup tunnels (that is, there is load balancing across backup tunnels).

SRLG Limitations

There are few limitations to the configured SRLG feature:

  • The exclude-address and exclude-srlg options are not allowed in the IP explicit path strict-address network.
  • Whenever SRLG values are modified after tunnels are signalled, they are verified dynamically in the next path verification cycle.

Auto-Tunnel Mesh

The MPLS traffic engineering auto-tunnel mesh (Auto-mesh) feature allows you to set up full mesh of TE P2P tunnels automatically with a minimal set of MPLS traffic engineering configurations. You may configure one or more mesh-groups. Each mesh-group requires a destination-list (IPv4 prefix-list) listing destinations, which are used as destinations for creating tunnels for that mesh-group.

You may configure MPLS TE auto-mesh type attribute-sets (templates) and associate them to mesh-groups. LSR creates tunnels using the tunnel properties defined in the attribute-set.

Auto-Tunnel mesh provides benefits:
  • Minimizes the initial configuration of the network. You may configure tunnel properties template and mesh-groups or destination-lists on each TE LSRs that further creates full mesh of TE tunnels between those LSRs.
  • Minimizes future configurations resulting due to network growth. It eliminates the need to reconfigure each existing TE LSR in order to establish a full mesh of TE tunnels whenever a new TE LSR is added in the network.

Destination List (Prefix-List)

Auto-mesh tunnels can be automatically created using prefix-list. Each TE enabled router in the network learns about the TE router IDs through a existing IGP extension.

You can view the router IDs on the router using this command:

show mpls traffic-eng topology | include TE Id
IGP Id: 0001.0000.0010.00, MPLS TE Id:100.1.1.1 Router Node  (ISIS 1 level-2)
IGP Id: 0001.0000.0011.00, MPLS TE Id:100.2.2.2 Router Node  (ISIS 1 level-2)
IGP Id: 0001.0000.0012.00, MPLS TE Id:100.3.3.3 Router Node  (ISIS 1 level-2)

A prefix-list may be configured on each TE router to match a desired set of router IDs (MPLS TE ID as shown in the above output). For example, if a prefix-list is configured to match addresses of 100.0.0.0 with wildcard 0.255.255.255, then all 100.x.x.x router IDs are included in the auto-mesh group.

When a new TE router is added in the network and its router ID is also in the block of addresses described by the prefix-list, for example, 100.x.x.x, then it is added in the auto-mesh group on each existing TE router without having to explicitly modify the prefix-list or perform any additional configuration.

Auto-mesh does not create tunnels to its own (local) TE router IDs.


Note


When prefix-list configurations on all routers are not identical, it can result in non- symmetrical mesh of tunnels between those routers.


How to Implement Traffic Engineering

Traffic engineering requires coordination among several global neighbor routers, creating traffic engineering tunnels, setting up forwarding across traffic engineering tunnels, setting up FRR, and creating differential service.

These procedures are used to implement MPLS-TE:

Building MPLS-TE Topology

Perform this task to configure MPLS-TE topology (required for traffic engineering tunnel operations).

Before You Begin

Before you start to build the MPLS-TE topology, you must have enabled:

  • IGP such as OSPF or IS-IS for MPLS-TE.
  • MPLS Label Distribution Protocol (LDP).
  • RSVP on the port interface.
  • Stable router ID is required at either end of the link to ensure that the link is successful. If you do not assign a router ID, the system defaults to the global router ID. Default router IDs are subject to change, which can result in an unstable link.
  • If you are going to use nondefault holdtime or intervals, you must decide the values to which they are set.
SUMMARY STEPS

    1.    configure

    2.    mpls traffic-eng

    3.    interface type interface-path-id

    4.    exit

    5.    exit

    6.    router ospf process-name

    7.    area area-id

    8.    exit

    9.    mpls traffic-eng router-id type interface-path-id

    10.    Use one of the following commands:

    • end
    • commit

    11.    (Optional) show mpls traffic-eng topology

    12.    (Optional) show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements


DETAILED STEPS
      Command or Action Purpose
    Step 1 configure


    Example:
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
    
    
     

    Enters the configuration mode.

     
    Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


    Example:
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#
    
    
     

    Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

     
    Step 3 interface type interface-path-id


    Example:
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#interface POS0/6/0/0
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)#
    
    
     

    Enables traffic engineering on a particular interface on the originating node and enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.

     
    Step 4 exit


    Example:
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# exit
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#
    
    
     

    Exits the current configuration mode.

     
    Step 5 exit


    Example:
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# exit
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#
    
    
     

    Exits the current configuration mode.

     
    Step 6 router ospf process-name


    Example:
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router ospf 1
    
    
     

    Enters a name for the OSPF process.

     
    Step 7 area area-id


    Example:
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-router)# area 0
    
    
     

    Configures an area for the OSPF process.

    • Backbone areas have an area ID of 0.
    • Non-backbone areas have a non-zero area ID.
     
    Step 8 exit


    Example:
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf-ar)# exit
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)#
    
    
     

    Exits the current configuration mode.

     
    Step 9 mpls traffic-eng router-id type interface-path-id


    Example:
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback0
    
    
     

    Sets the MPLS-TE loopback interface.

     
    Step 10 Use one of the following commands:
    • end
    • commit


    Example:
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# end

    or

    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# commit
     

    Saves configuration changes.

    • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
      Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
      [cancel]:
      • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
      • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
      • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
    • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
     
    Step 11 show mpls traffic-eng topology


    Example:
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology
    
    
     
    (Optional)

    Verifies the traffic engineering topology.

     
    Step 12 show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements


    Example:
    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements
    
    
     
    (Optional)

    Displays all the link-management advertisements for the links on this node.

     
    Related Concepts

    Creating an MPLS-TE Tunnel

    Creating an MPLS-TE tunnel is a process of customizing the traffic engineering to fit your network topology.

    Perform this task to create an MPLS-TE tunnel after you have built the traffic engineering topology.

    Before You Begin

    The following prerequisites are required to create an MPLS-TE tunnel:

    • You must have a router ID for the neighboring router.
    • Stable router ID is required at either end of the link to ensure that the link is successful. If you do not assign a router ID to the routers, the system defaults to the global router ID. Default router IDs are subject to change, which can result in an unstable link.
    • If you are going to use nondefault holdtime or intervals, you must decide the values to which they are set.
    SUMMARY STEPS

      1.    configure

      2.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

      3.    destination ip-address

      4.    ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

      5.    path-option preference - priority dynamic

      6.    signalled- bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct ] | sub-pool bandwidth}

      7.    Use one of these commands:

      • end
      • commit

      8.    (Optional) show mpls traffic-eng tunnels

      9.    (Optional) show ipv4 interface brief

      10.    (Optional) show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control


    DETAILED STEPS
        Command or Action Purpose
      Step 1 configure


      Example:
      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
      
      
       

      Enters global configuration mode.

       
      Step 2 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


      Example:
      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# interface tunnel-te 1
      
      
       

      Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

       
      Step 3 destination ip-address


      Example:
      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 192.168.92.125
      
      
       

      Assigns a destination address on the new tunnel.

      The destination address is the remote node’s MPLS-TE router ID.

       
      Step 4 ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id


      Example:
      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
      
      
       

      Assigns a source address so that forwarding can be performed on the new tunnel. Loopback is commonly used as the interface type.

       
      Step 5 path-option preference - priority dynamic


      Example:
      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option l dynamic
      
      
       

      Sets the path option to dynamic and assigns the path ID.

       
      Step 6 signalled- bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct ] | sub-pool bandwidth}


      Example:
      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 100
      
      
       

      Sets the CT0 bandwidth required on this interface. Because the default tunnel priority is 7, tunnels use the default TE class map (namely, class-type 1, priority 7).

       
      Step 7 Use one of these commands:
      • end
      • commit


      Example:
      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

      or

      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
       

      Saves configuration changes.

      • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
        Uncommitted changes found, commit them
        before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
        
        • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
        • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
        • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
      • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
       
      Step 8 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels


      Example:
      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels
      
      
       
      (Optional)

      Verifies that the tunnel is connected (in the UP state) and displays all configured TE tunnels.

       
      Step 9 show ipv4 interface brief


      Example:
      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show ipv4 interface brief
      
      
       
      (Optional)

      Displays all TE tunnel interfaces.

       
      Step 10 show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control


      Example:
      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control
      
      
       
      (Optional)

      Displays all the tunnels on this node.

       
      Related Concepts

      Configuring Forwarding over the MPLS-TE Tunnel

      Perform this task to configure forwarding over the MPLS-TE tunnel created in the previous task . This task allows MPLS packets to be forwarded on the link between network neighbors.

      Before You Begin

      The following prerequisites are required to configure forwarding over the MPLS-TE tunnel:

      • You must have a router ID for the neighboring router.
      • Stable router ID is required at either end of the link to ensure that the link is successful. If you do not assign a router ID to the routers, the system defaults to the global router ID. Default router IDs are subject to change, which can result in an unstable link.
      SUMMARY STEPS

        1.    configure

        2.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

        3.    ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

        4.    autoroute announce

        5.    exit

        6.    router static address-family ipv4 unicast prefix mask ip-address interface type

        7.    Use one of these commands:

        • end
        • commit

        8.    (Optional) ping {ip-address | hostname}

        9.    (Optional) show mpls traffic-eng autoroute


      DETAILED STEPS
          Command or Action Purpose
        Step 1 configure


        Example:
        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routerconfigure
        
        
         

        Enters global configuration mode.

         
        Step 2 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


        Example:
        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
        
        
         

        Enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.

         
        Step 3 ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id


        Example:
        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
        
        
         

        Assigns a source address so that forwarding can be performed on the new tunnel.

         
        Step 4 autoroute announce


        Example:
        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute announce
        
        
         

        Enables messages that notify the neighbor nodes about the routes that are forwarding.

         
        Step 5 exit


        Example:
        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# exit
        
        
         

        Exits the current configuration mode.

         
        Step 6 router static address-family ipv4 unicast prefix mask ip-address interface type


        Example:
        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router static address-family ipv4 unicast 2.2.2.2/32 tunnel-te 1
        
        
         

        Enables a route using IP version 4 addressing, identifies the destination address and the tunnel where forwarding is enabled.

        This configuration is used for static routes when the autoroute announce command is not used.

         
        Step 7 Use one of these commands:
        • end
        • commit


        Example:
        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

        or

        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
         

        Saves configuration changes.

        • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
          Uncommitted changes found, commit them
          before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
          
          • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
          • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
          • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
        • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
         
        Step 8 ping {ip-address | hostname}


        Example:
        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# ping 192.168.12.52
        
        
         
        (Optional)

        Checks for connectivity to a particular IP address or host name.

         
        Step 9 show mpls traffic-eng autoroute


        Example:
        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng autoroute
        
        
         
        (Optional)

        Verifies forwarding by displaying what is advertised to IGP for the TE tunnel.

         

        Protecting MPLS Tunnels with Fast Reroute

        Perform this task to protect MPLS-TE tunnels, as created in the previous task.


        Note


        Although this task is similar to the previous task, its importance makes it necessary to present as part of the tasks required for traffic engineering on Cisco IOS XR software.


        Before You Begin

        The following prerequisites are required to protect MPLS-TE tunnels:

        • You must have a router ID for the neighboring router.
        • Stable router ID is required at either end of the link to ensure that the link is successful. If you do not assign a router ID to the routers, the system defaults to the global router ID. Default router IDs are subject to change, which can result in an unstable link.
        • You must first configure a primary tunnel.
        SUMMARY STEPS

          1.    configure

          2.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

          3.    fast-reroute

          4.    exit

          5.    mpls traffic-eng

          6.    interface type interface-path-id

          7.    backup-path tunnel-te tunnel-number

          8.    exit

          9.    exit

          10.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

          11.    backup-bw {backup bandwidth | sub-pool {bandwidth | unlimited} | global-pool {bandwidth | unlimited} }

          12.    ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

          13.    path-option preference-priority {explicit name explicit-path-name}

          14.    destination ip-address

          15.    Use one of these commands:

          • end
          • commit

          16.    (Optional) show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup

          17.    (Optional) show mpls traffic-eng tunnels protection frr

          18.    (Optional) show mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute database


        DETAILED STEPS
            Command or Action Purpose
          Step 1 configure


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routerconfigure
          
          
           

          Enters global configuration mode.

           
          Step 2 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# interface tunnel-te 1
          
          
           

          Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

           
          Step 3 fast-reroute


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# fast-reroute
          
          
           

          Enables fast reroute.

           
          Step 4 exit


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# exit
          
           

          Exits the current configuration mode.

           
          Step 5 mpls traffic-eng


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#
          
          
           

          Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

           
          Step 6 interface type interface-path-id


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface pos0/6/0/0
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)#
          
          
           

          Enables traffic engineering on a particular interface on the originating node.

           
          Step 7 backup-path tunnel-te tunnel-number


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# backup-path tunnel-te 2
          
          
           

          Sets the backup path to the backup tunnel.

           
          Step 8 exit


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# exit
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#
          
          
           

          Exits the current configuration mode.

           
          Step 9 exit


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# exit
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#
          
          
           

          Exits the current configuration mode.

           
          Step 10 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 2
          
          
           

          Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

           
          Step 11 backup-bw {backup bandwidth | sub-pool {bandwidth | unlimited} | global-pool {bandwidth | unlimited} }


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#backup-bw global-pool 5000
          
          
           

          Sets the CT0 bandwidth required on this interface.

          Note   

          Because the default tunnel priority is 7, tunnels use the default TE class map.

           
          Step 12 ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
          
          
           

          Assigns a source address to set up forwarding on the new tunnel.

           
          Step 13 path-option preference-priority {explicit name explicit-path-name}


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option l explicit name backup-path
          
          
           

          Sets the path option to explicit with a given name (previously configured) and assigns the path ID.

           
          Step 14 destination ip-address


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 192.168.92.125
          
          
           

          Assigns a destination address on the new tunnel.

          • Destination address is the remote node’s MPLS-TE router ID.
          • Destination address is the merge point between backup and protected tunnels.
          Note   

          When you configure TE tunnel with multiple protection on its path and merge point is the same node for more than one protection, you must configure record-route for that tunnel.

           
          Step 15 Use one of these commands:
          • end
          • commit


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

          or

          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
           

          Saves configuration changes.

          • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
            Uncommitted changes found, commit them
            before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
            
            • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
            • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
            • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
          • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
           
          Step 16 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup
          
          
           
          (Optional)

          Displays the backup tunnel information.

           
          Step 17 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels protection frr


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels protection frr
          
          
           
          (Optional)

          Displays the tunnel protection information for Fast-Reroute (FRR).

           
          Step 18 show mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute database


          Example:
          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute database
          
          
           
          (Optional)

          Displays the protected tunnel state (for example, the tunnel’s current ready or active state).

           

          Enabling an AutoTunnel Backup

          Perform this task to configure the AutoTunnel Backup feature. By default, this feature is disabled. You can configure the AutoTunnel Backup feature for each interface. It has to be explicitly enabled for each interface or link.

          SUMMARY STEPS

            1.    configure

            2.    ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng Loopback 0

            3.    mpls traffic-eng

            4.    auto-tunnel backup timers removal unused frequency

            5.    auto-tunnel backup tunnel-id min minmax max

            6.    Use one of these commands:

            • end
            • commit

            7.    show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup summary


          DETAILED STEPS
              Command or Action Purpose
            Step 1 configure


            Example:
            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
             

            Enters global configuration mode.

             
            Step 2 ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng Loopback 0


            Example:
            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng Loopback 0
             

            Configures the globally configured IPv4 address that can be used by the AutoTunnel Backup Tunnels.

            Note   

            Loopback 0 is the router ID. The AutoTunnel Backup tunnels will not come up until a global IPv4 address is configured.

             
            Step 3 mpls traffic-eng


            Example:
            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
             

            Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

             
            Step 4 auto-tunnel backup timers removal unused frequency


            Example:
            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel backup timers removal unused 20
             

            Configures how frequently a timer scans the backup automatic tunnels and removes tunnels that are not in use.

            • Use the frequency argument to scan the backup automatic tunnel. Range is 0 to 10080.
            Note   

            You can also configure the auto-tunnel backup command at mpls traffic-eng interface mode.

             
            Step 5 auto-tunnel backup tunnel-id min minmax max


            Example:
            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel backup tunnel-id min 6000 max 6500
             

            Configures the range of tunnel interface numbers to be used for automatic backup tunnels. Range is 0 to 65535.

             
            Step 6 Use one of these commands:
            • end
            • commit


            Example:
            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

            or

            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
             

            Saves configuration changes.

            • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
              Uncommitted changes found, commit them
              before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
              
              • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
              • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
              • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
            • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
             
            Step 7 show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup summary


            Example:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup summary 

            Displays information about configured MPLS-TE backup autotunnels.

             
            Related Concepts

            Removing an AutoTunnel Backup

            To remove all the backup autotunnels, perform this task to remove the AutoTunnel Backup feature.

            SUMMARY STEPS

              1.    clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused { all | tunnel-tenumber}

              2.    Use one of these commands:

              • end
              • commit

              3.    show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel summary


            DETAILED STEPS
                Command or Action Purpose
              Step 1 clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused { all | tunnel-tenumber}


              Example:
              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#  clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused all
               

              Clears all MPLS-TE automatic backup tunnels from the EXEC mode. You can also remove the automatic backup tunnel marked with specific tunnel-te, provided it is currently unused.

               
              Step 2 Use one of these commands:
              • end
              • commit


              Example:
              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

              or

              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
               

              Saves configuration changes.

              • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                
                • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
              • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
               
              Step 3 show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel summary


              Example:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel summary 

              Displays information about MPLS-TE autotunnels including the ones removed.

               

              Establishing MPLS Backup AutoTunnels to Protect Fast Reroutable TE LSPs

              To establish an MPLS backup autotunnel to protect fast reroutable TE LSPs, perform these steps:

              SUMMARY STEPS

                1.    configure

                2.    mpls traffic-eng

                3.    interface type interface-path-id

                4.    auto-tunnel backup

                5.    Use one of these commands:

                • end
                • commit

                6.    show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup summary


              DETAILED STEPS
                  Command or Action Purpose
                Step 1 configure


                Example:
                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                 

                Enters global configuration mode.

                 
                Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                Example:
                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                 

                Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                 
                Step 3 interface type interface-path-id


                Example:
                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS 0/6/0/0
                 

                Enables traffic engineering on a specific interface on the originating node.

                 
                Step 4 auto-tunnel backup


                Example:
                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# auto-tunnel backup
                 

                Enables an auto-tunnel backup feature for the specified interface.

                Note   

                You cannot configure the static backup on the similar link.

                 
                Step 5 Use one of these commands:
                • end
                • commit


                Example:
                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                or

                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                 

                Saves configuration changes.

                • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                  Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                  before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                  
                  • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                  • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                  • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                 
                Step 6 show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup summary


                Example:
                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic auto-tunnel backup summary
                 

                Displays information about configured MPLS-TE backup autotunnels.

                 
                Related Concepts

                Establishing Next-Hop Tunnels with Link Protection

                To establish a next-hop tunnel and link protection on the primary tunnel, perform these steps:

                SUMMARY STEPS

                  1.    configure

                  2.    mpls traffic-eng

                  3.    interface type interface-path-id

                  4.    auto-tunnel backup nhop-only

                  5.    auto-tunnel backup exclude srlg [preferred]

                  6.    Use one of these commands:

                  • end
                  • commit

                  7.    show mpls traffic-eng tunnels number detail


                DETAILED STEPS
                    Command or Action Purpose
                  Step 1 configure


                  Example:
                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                   

                  Enters global configuration mode.

                   
                  Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                  Example:
                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                   

                  Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                   
                  Step 3 interface type interface-path-id


                  Example:
                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS 0/6/0/0
                   

                  Enables traffic engineering on a specific interface on the originating node.

                   
                  Step 4 auto-tunnel backup nhop-only


                  Example:
                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# auto-tunnel backup nhop-only
                   

                  Enables the creation of dynamic NHOP backup tunnels. By default, both NHOP and NNHOP protection are enabled.

                  Note   

                  Using this nhop-only option, only link protection is provided.

                   
                  Step 5 auto-tunnel backup exclude srlg [preferred]


                  Example:
                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# auto-tunnel backup exclude srlg preferred
                   

                  Enables the exclusion of SRLG values on a given link for the AutoTunnel backup associated with a given interface.

                  The preferred option allows the AutoTunnel Backup tunnels to come up even if no path excluding all SRLG is found.

                   
                  Step 6 Use one of these commands:
                  • end
                  • commit


                  Example:
                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                  or

                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                   

                  Saves configuration changes.

                  • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                    Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                    before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                    
                    • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                    • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                    • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                  • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                   
                  Step 7 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels number detail


                  Example:
                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 1 detail
                   

                  Displays information about configured NHOP tunnels and SRLG information.

                   

                  Configuring a Prestandard DS-TE Tunnel

                  Perform this task to configure a Prestandard DS-TE tunnel.

                  Before You Begin

                  The following prerequisites are required to configure a Prestandard DS-TE tunnel:

                  • You must have a router ID for the neighboring router.
                  • Stable router ID is required at either end of the link to ensure that the link is successful. If you do not assign a router ID to the routers, the system defaults to the global router ID. Default router IDs are subject to change, which can result in an unstable link.
                  SUMMARY STEPS

                    1.    configure

                    2.    rsvp interface type interface-path-id

                    3.    bandwidth [total reservable bandwidth] [bc0 bandwidth] [global-pool bandwidth] [sub-pool reservable-bw]

                    4.    exit

                    5.    exit

                    6.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

                    7.    signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}

                    8.    Use one of these commands:

                    • end
                    • commit


                  DETAILED STEPS
                      Command or Action Purpose
                    Step 1 configure


                    Example:
                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routerconfigure
                    
                    
                     

                    Enters global configuration mode.

                     
                    Step 2 rsvp interface type interface-path-id


                    Example:
                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# rsvp interface pos0/6/0/0
                    
                    
                     

                    Enters RSVP configuration mode and selects an RSVP interface.

                     
                    Step 3 bandwidth [total reservable bandwidth] [bc0 bandwidth] [global-pool bandwidth] [sub-pool reservable-bw]


                    Example:
                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp-if)# bandwidth 100 150 sub-pool 50
                    
                    
                     

                    Sets the reserved RSVP bandwidth available on this interface by using the prestandard DS-TE mode. The range for the total reserve bandwidth argument is 0 to 4294967295.

                    Physical interface bandwidth is not used by MPLS-TE.

                     
                    Step 4 exit


                    Example:
                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp-if)# exit
                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp)# 
                    
                    
                     

                    Exits the current configuration mode.

                     
                    Step 5 exit


                    Example:
                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp)# exit
                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#
                    
                    
                     

                    Exits the current configuration mode.

                     
                    Step 6 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


                    Example:
                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 2
                    
                    
                     

                    Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

                     
                    Step 7 signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}


                    Example:
                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth sub-pool 10
                    
                    
                     

                    Sets the bandwidth required on this interface. Because the default tunnel priority is 7, tunnels use the default TE class map (namely, class-type 1, priority 7).

                     
                    Step 8 Use one of these commands:
                    • end
                    • commit


                    Example:
                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

                    or

                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                     

                    Saves configuration changes.

                    • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                      Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                      before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                      
                      • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                      • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                      • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                    • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                     
                    Related Concepts

                    Configuring an IETF DS-TE Tunnel Using RDM

                    Perform this task to create an IETF mode DS-TE tunnel using RDM.

                    Before You Begin

                    The following prerequisites are required to create an IETF mode DS-TE tunnel using RDM:

                    • You must have a router ID for the neighboring router.
                    • Stable router ID is required at either end of the link to ensure that the link is successful. If you do not assign a router ID to the routers, the system defaults to the global router ID. Default router IDs are subject to change, which can result in an unstable link.
                    SUMMARY STEPS

                      1.    configure

                      2.    rsvp interface type interface-path-id

                      3.    bandwidth rdm {total-reservable-bw | bc0 | global-pool} {sub-pool | bc1 reservable-bw}

                      4.    exit

                      5.    exit

                      6.    mpls traffic-eng

                      7.    ds-te mode ietf

                      8.    exit

                      9.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

                      10.    signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}

                      11.    Use one of these commands:

                      • end
                      • commit


                    DETAILED STEPS
                        Command or Action Purpose
                      Step 1 configure


                      Example:
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routerconfigure
                      
                      
                       

                      Enters global configuration mode.

                       
                      Step 2 rsvp interface type interface-path-id


                      Example:
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# rsvp interface pos0/6/0/0
                      
                      
                       

                      Enters RSVP configuration mode and selects an RSVP interface.

                       
                      Step 3 bandwidth rdm {total-reservable-bw | bc0 | global-pool} {sub-pool | bc1 reservable-bw}


                      Example:
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp-if)# bandwidth rdm 100 150
                      
                      
                       

                      Sets the reserved RSVP bandwidth available on this interface by using the Russian Doll Model (RDM) bandwidth constraints model. The range for the total reserve bandwidth argument is 0 to 4294967295.

                      Note   

                      Physical interface bandwidth is not used by MPLS-TE.

                       
                      Step 4 exit


                      Example:
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp-if)# exit
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp)
                      
                      
                       

                      Exits the current configuration mode.

                       
                      Step 5 exit


                      Example:
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp) exit
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)
                      
                      
                       

                      Exits the current configuration mode.

                       
                      Step 6 mpls traffic-eng


                      Example:
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#
                      
                      
                       

                      Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                       
                      Step 7 ds-te mode ietf


                      Example:
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# ds-te mode ietf
                      
                      
                       

                      Enables IETF DS-TE mode and default TE class map. IETF DS-TE mode is configured on all network nodes.

                       
                      Step 8 exit


                      Example:
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# exit
                      
                      
                       

                      Exits the current configuration mode.

                       
                      Step 9 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


                      Example:
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 4
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#
                      
                      
                       

                      Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

                       
                      Step 10 signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}


                      Example:
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 10 class-type 1
                      
                      
                       

                      Configures the bandwidth required for an MPLS TE tunnel. Because the default tunnel priority is 7, tunnels use the default TE class map (namely, class-type 1, priority 7).

                       
                      Step 11 Use one of these commands:
                      • end
                      • commit


                      Example:
                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

                      or

                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                       

                      Saves configuration changes.

                      • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                        Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                        before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                        
                        • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                        • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                        • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                      • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                       

                      Configuring an IETF DS-TE Tunnel Using MAM

                      Perform this task to configure an IETF mode differentiated services traffic engineering tunnel using the Maximum Allocation Model (MAM) bandwidth constraint model.

                      Before You Begin

                      The following prerequisites are required to configure an IETF mode differentiated services traffic engineering tunnel using the MAM bandwidth constraint model:

                      • You must have a router ID for the neighboring router.
                      • Stable router ID is required at either end of the link to ensure that the link is successful. If you do not assign a router ID to the routers, the system defaults to the global router ID. Default router IDs are subject to change, which can result in an unstable link.
                      SUMMARY STEPS

                        1.    configure

                        2.    rsvp interface type interface-path-id

                        3.    bandwidth mam {total reservable bandwidth | max-reservable-bw maximum-reservable-bw} [bc0 reservable bandwidth] [bc1 reservable bandwidth]

                        4.    exit

                        5.    exit

                        6.    mpls traffic-eng

                        7.    ds-te mode ietf

                        8.    ds-te bc-model mam

                        9.    exit

                        10.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

                        11.    signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}

                        12.    Use one of the following commands:

                        • end
                        • commit


                      DETAILED STEPS
                          Command or Action Purpose
                        Step 1 configure


                        Example:
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routerconfigure
                        
                        
                         

                        Enters global configuration mode.

                         
                        Step 2 rsvp interface type interface-path-id


                        Example:
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# rsvp interface pos0/6/0/0
                        
                        
                         

                        Enters RSVP configuration mode and selects the RSVP interface.

                         
                        Step 3 bandwidth mam {total reservable bandwidth | max-reservable-bw maximum-reservable-bw} [bc0 reservable bandwidth] [bc1 reservable bandwidth]


                        Example:
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp-if)# bandwidth mam max-reservable-bw 400 bc0 300 bc1 200
                        
                        
                         

                        Sets the reserved RSVP bandwidth available on this interface.

                        Note   

                        Physical interface bandwidth is not used by MPLS-TE.

                         
                        Step 4 exit


                        Example:
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp-if)# exit
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp)#
                        
                        
                         

                        Exits the current configuration mode.

                         
                        Step 5 exit


                        Example:
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp)# exit
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#
                        
                        
                         

                        Exits the current configuration mode.

                         
                        Step 6 mpls traffic-eng


                        Example:
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#
                        
                        
                         

                        Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                         
                        Step 7 ds-te mode ietf


                        Example:
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# ds-te mode ietf
                        
                        
                         

                        Enables IETF DS-TE mode and default TE class map. Configure IETF DS-TE mode on all nodes in the network.

                         
                        Step 8 ds-te bc-model mam


                        Example:
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# ds-te bc-model mam
                        
                        
                         

                        Enables the MAM bandwidth constraint model globally.

                         
                        Step 9 exit


                        Example:
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# exit
                        
                        
                         

                        Exits the current configuration mode.

                         
                        Step 10 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


                        Example:
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 4
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#
                        
                        
                         

                        Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

                         
                        Step 11 signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}


                        Example:
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp-if)# signalled-bandwidth 10 class-type 1
                        
                        
                         

                        Configures the bandwidth required for an MPLS TE tunnel. Because the default tunnel priority is 7, tunnels use the default TE class map (namely, class-type 1, priority 7).

                         
                        Step 12 Use one of the following commands:
                        • end
                        • commit


                        Example:
                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp-if)# end
                        
                        

                        or

                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp-if)# commit
                        
                        
                         

                        Saves configuration changes.

                        • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                          Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                          [cancel]:
                          • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                          • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                          • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                        • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                         

                        Configuring MPLS -TE and Fast-Reroute on OSPF

                        Perform this task to configure MPLS-TE and Fast Reroute (FRR) on OSPF.

                        Before You Begin

                        Note


                        Only point-to-point (P2P) interfaces are supported for OSPF multiple adjacencies. These may be either native P2P interfaces or broadcast interfaces on which the OSPF P2P configuration command is applied to force them to behave as P2P interfaces as far as OSPF is concerned. This restriction does not apply to IS-IS.

                        The tunnel-te interface is not supported under IS-IS.


                        SUMMARY STEPS

                          1.    configure

                          2.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

                          3.    path-option [protecting ] preference-priority {dynamic [pce [address ipv4 address] | explicit {name pathname | identifier path-number } } [isis instance name {level level} ] [ospf instance name {area area ID} ] ] [verbatim] [lockdown]

                          4.    Repeat Step 3 as many times as needed.

                          5.    Use one of these commands:

                          • end
                          • commit

                          6.    show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [tunnel-number]


                        DETAILED STEPS
                            Command or Action Purpose
                          Step 1 configure


                          Example:
                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                          
                          
                           

                          Enters global configuration mode.

                           
                          Step 2 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


                          Example:
                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#
                          
                          
                           

                          Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface. The range for the tunnel ID number is 0 to 65535.

                           
                          Step 3 path-option [protecting ] preference-priority {dynamic [pce [address ipv4 address] | explicit {name pathname | identifier path-number } } [isis instance name {level level} ] [ospf instance name {area area ID} ] ] [verbatim] [lockdown]


                          Example:
                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 explicit identifier 6 ospf green area 0
                          
                          
                           

                          Configures an explicit path option for an MPLS-TE tunnel. OSPF is limited to a single OSPF instance and area.

                           
                          Step 4 Repeat Step 3 as many times as needed.

                          Example:
                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 2 explicit name 234 ospf 3 area 7 verbatim
                          
                          
                           

                          Configures another explicit path option.

                           
                          Step 5 Use one of these commands:
                          • end
                          • commit


                          Example:
                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

                          or

                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                           

                          Saves configuration changes.

                          • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                            Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                            before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                            
                            • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                            • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                            • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                          • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                           
                          Step 6 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [tunnel-number]


                          Example:
                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routershow mpls traffic-eng tunnels 1
                          
                          
                           

                          Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

                           

                          Configuring the Ignore Integrated IS-IS Overload Bit Setting in MPLS-TE

                          Perform this task to configure an overload node avoidance in MPLS-TE. When the overload bit is enabled, tunnels are brought down when the overload node is found in the tunnel path.

                          SUMMARY STEPS

                            1.    configure

                            2.    mpls traffic-eng

                            3.    path-selection ignore overload {head | mid | tail}

                            4.    Use one of these commands:

                            • end
                            • commit


                          DETAILED STEPS
                              Command or Action Purpose
                            Step 1 configure


                            Example:
                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                            
                            
                             

                            Enters global configuration mode.

                             
                            Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                            Example:
                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#
                            
                            
                             

                            Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                             
                            Step 3 path-selection ignore overload {head | mid | tail}


                            Example:
                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# path-selection ignore overload head
                            
                            
                             

                            Ignores the Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) overload bit setting for MPLS-TE.

                            If set-overload-bit is set by IS-IS on the head router, the tunnels stay up.

                             
                            Step 4 Use one of these commands:
                            • end
                            • commit


                            Example:
                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# end
                            
                            

                            or

                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# commit
                            
                            
                             

                            Saves configuration changes.

                            • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                              Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                              [cancel]:
                              • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                              • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                              • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                            • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                             

                            Configuring GMPLS on Cisco IOS XR Software

                            To fully configure GMPLS, you must complete these high-level tasks in order:


                            Note


                            These high-level tasks are broken down into, in some cases, several subtasks.


                            Configuring IPCC Control Channel Information

                            To configure IPCC control channel information, complete these subtasks:


                            Note


                            You must configure each subtask on both the headend and tailend router.


                            Configuring Router IDs

                            Perform this task to configure the router ID for the headend and tailend routers.

                            SUMMARY STEPS

                              1.    configure

                              2.    interface type interface-path-id

                              3.    ipv4 address ipv4-address mask

                              4.    exit

                              5.    router ospf process-name

                              6.    mpls traffic-eng router-id type interface-path-id

                              7.    Use one of the following commands:

                              • end
                              • commit


                            DETAILED STEPS
                                Command or Action Purpose
                              Step 1 configure


                              Example:
                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                              
                              
                               

                              Enters global configuration mode.

                               
                              Step 2 interface type interface-path-id


                              Example:
                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface POS0/6/0/0
                              
                              
                               

                              Enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode and enables traffic engineering on a particular interface on the originating node.

                               
                              Step 3 ipv4 address ipv4-address mask


                              Example:
                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 address 192.168.1.27 255.0.0.0
                              
                              
                               

                              Specifies a primary or secondary IPv4 address for an interface.

                              • Network mask can be a four-part dotted decimal address. For example, 255.0.0.0 indicates that each bit equal to 1 means that the corresponding address bit belongs to the network address.
                              • Network mask can be indicated as a slash (/) and a number (prefix length). The prefix length is a decimal value that indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash must precede the decimal value, and there is no space between the IP address and the slash.
                               
                              Step 4 exit


                              Example:
                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# exit
                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#
                              
                              
                               

                              Exits the current configuration mode.

                               
                              Step 5 router ospf process-name


                              Example:
                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router ospf 1
                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)#
                              
                              
                               

                              Configures an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing process. The process name is any alphanumeric string no longer than 40 characters without spaces.

                               
                              Step 6 mpls traffic-eng router-id type interface-path-id


                              Example:
                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# mpls traffic-eng router id Loopback0
                              
                              
                               

                              Specifies that the TE router identifier for the node is the IP address that is associated with a given interface. The router ID is specified with an interface name or an IP address. By default, MPLS uses the global router ID.

                               
                              Step 7 Use one of the following commands:
                              • end
                              • commit


                              Example:
                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# end

                              or

                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# commit
                               

                              Saves configuration changes.

                              • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                [cancel]:
                                • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                              • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                               
                              Related Concepts
                              Configuring OSPF over IPCC

                              Perform this task to configure OSPF over IPCC on both the headend and tailend routers. The IGP interface ID is configured for control network, specifically for the signaling plane in the optical domain.


                              Note


                              IPCC support is restricted to routed, out-of-fiber, and out-of-band.


                              SUMMARY STEPS

                                1.    configure

                                2.    router ospf process-name

                                3.    area area-id

                                4.    interface type interface-path-id

                                5.    exit

                                6.    exit

                                7.    mpls traffic-eng router-id {type interface-path-id | ip-address }

                                8.    area area-id

                                9.    Use one of the following commands:

                                • end
                                • commit


                              DETAILED STEPS
                                  Command or Action Purpose
                                Step 1 configure


                                Example:
                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                
                                
                                 

                                Enters global configuration mode.

                                 
                                Step 2 router ospf process-name


                                Example:
                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router ospf 1
                                
                                
                                 

                                Configures OSPF routing and assigns a process name.

                                 
                                Step 3 area area-id


                                Example:
                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# area 0
                                
                                
                                 
                                Configures an area ID for the OSPF process (either as a decimal value or IP address):
                                • Backbone areas have an area ID of 0.
                                • Non-backbone areas have a nonzero area ID.
                                 
                                Step 4 interface type interface-path-id


                                Example:
                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf-ar)# interface Loopback0
                                
                                
                                 

                                Enables IGP on the interface. This command is used to configure any interface included in the control network.

                                 
                                Step 5 exit


                                Example:
                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf-ar-if)# exit
                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf-ar)#
                                
                                
                                 

                                Exits the current configuration mode.

                                 
                                Step 6 exit


                                Example:
                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf-ar)# exit
                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)#
                                
                                
                                 

                                Exits the current configuration mode.

                                 
                                Step 7 mpls traffic-eng router-id {type interface-path-id | ip-address }


                                Example:
                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# mpls traffic-eng router-id 192.168.25.66
                                
                                
                                 

                                Configures a router ID for the OSPF process using an IP address.

                                 
                                Step 8 area area-id


                                Example:
                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# area 0
                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf-ar)#
                                
                                
                                 

                                Configures the MPLS-TE area.

                                 
                                Step 9 Use one of the following commands:
                                • end
                                • commit


                                Example:
                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf-ar)# end

                                or

                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf-ar)# commit
                                 

                                Saves configuration changes.

                                • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                  Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                  [cancel]:
                                  • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                  • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                  • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                 
                                Related Concepts

                                Configuring Local and Remote TE Links

                                Configuring Numbered and Unnumbered Links

                                Perform this task to configure numbered and unnumbered links.


                                Note


                                Unnumbered TE links use the IP address of the associated interface.


                                SUMMARY STEPS

                                  1.    configure

                                  2.    interface type interface-path-id

                                  3.    Do one of the following:

                                  • ipv4 address ipv4-address mask
                                  • ipv4 unnumbered interface type interface-path-id

                                  4.    Use one of these commands:

                                  • end
                                  • commit


                                DETAILED STEPS
                                    Command or Action Purpose
                                  Step 1 configure


                                  Example:
                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                  
                                  
                                   

                                  Enters global configuration mode.

                                   
                                  Step 2 interface type interface-path-id


                                  Example:
                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface POS0/6/0/0
                                  
                                  
                                   

                                  Enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode and enables traffic engineering on a particular interface on the originating node.

                                   
                                  Step 3 Do one of the following:
                                  • ipv4 address ipv4-address mask
                                  • ipv4 unnumbered interface type interface-path-id


                                  Example:
                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 address 192.168.1.27 255.0.0.0
                                  
                                  
                                   

                                  Specifies a primary or secondary IPv4 address for an interface.

                                  • Network mask is a four-part dotted decimal address. For example, 255.0.0.0 indicates that each bit equal to 1 means that the corresponding address bit belongs to the network address.
                                  • Network mask is indicated as a slash (/) and a number (prefix length). The prefix length is a decimal value that indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash must precede the decimal value, and there is no space between the IP address and the slash.

                                  or

                                  • Enables IPv4 processing on a point-to-point interface without assigning an explicit IPv4 address to that interface.
                                  Note   

                                  If you configured a unnumbered GigabitEthernet interface in Step 2 and selected the ipv4 unnumbered interface command type option in this step, you must enter the ipv4 point-to-point command to configure point-to-point interface mode.

                                   
                                  Step 4 Use one of these commands:
                                  • end
                                  • commit


                                  Example:
                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

                                  or

                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                                   

                                  Saves configuration changes.

                                  • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                    Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                    before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                    
                                    • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                    • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                    • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                  • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                   
                                  Configuring Local Reservable Bandwidth

                                  Perform this task to configure the local reservable bandwidth for the data bearer channels.

                                  SUMMARY STEPS

                                    1.    configure

                                    2.    rsvp interface type interface-path-id

                                    3.    bandwidth [total reservable bandwidth] [bc0 bandwidth] [global-pool bandwidth] [sub-pool reservable-bw]

                                    4.    Use one of the following commands:

                                    • end
                                    • commit


                                  DETAILED STEPS
                                      Command or Action Purpose
                                    Step 1 configure


                                    Example:
                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                    
                                    
                                     

                                    Enters global configuration mode.

                                     
                                    Step 2 rsvp interface type interface-path-id


                                    Example:
                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# rsvp interface POS0/6/0/0
                                    
                                    
                                     

                                    Enters RSVP configuration mode and selects an RSVP interface ID.

                                     
                                    Step 3 bandwidth [total reservable bandwidth] [bc0 bandwidth] [global-pool bandwidth] [sub-pool reservable-bw]


                                    Example:
                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp-if)# bandwidth 2488320 2488320
                                    
                                    
                                     

                                    Sets the reserved RSVP bandwidth available on this interface.

                                    Note   

                                    MPLS-TE can use only the amount of bandwidth specified using this command on the configured interface.

                                     
                                    Step 4 Use one of the following commands:
                                    • end
                                    • commit


                                    Example:
                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp-if)# end

                                    or

                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rsvp-if)# commit
                                     

                                    Saves configuration changes.

                                    • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                      Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                      [cancel]:
                                      • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                      • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                      • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                    • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                     
                                    Configuring Local Switching Capability Descriptors

                                    Perform this task to configure the local switching capability descriptor.

                                    SUMMARY STEPS

                                      1.    configure

                                      2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                      3.    interface type interface-path-id

                                      4.    flooding-igp ospf instance-id area area-id

                                      5.    switching key value [encoding encoding type]

                                      6.    switching key value [capability {psc1 | lsc | fsc} ]

                                      7.    Use one of the following commands:

                                      • end
                                      • commit


                                    DETAILED STEPS
                                        Command or Action Purpose
                                      Step 1 configure


                                      Example:
                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                      
                                      
                                       

                                      Enters global configuration mode.

                                       
                                      Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                      Example:
                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                      
                                      
                                       

                                      Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                       
                                      Step 3 interface type interface-path-id


                                      Example:
                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS0/6/0/0
                                      
                                      
                                       

                                      Enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode and enables traffic engineering on a particular interface on the originating node.

                                       
                                      Step 4 flooding-igp ospf instance-id area area-id


                                      Example:
                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# flooding-igp ospf 0 area 1
                                      
                                      
                                       

                                      Specifies the IGP OSPF interface ID and area where the TE links are to be flooded.

                                       
                                      Step 5 switching key value [encoding encoding type]


                                      Example:
                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# switching key 1 encoding ethernet
                                      
                                      
                                       

                                      Specifies the switching configuration for the interface and enters switching key mode where you will configure encoding and capability.

                                      Note   

                                      The recommended switch key value is 0.

                                       
                                      Step 6 switching key value [capability {psc1 | lsc | fsc} ]


                                      Example:
                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# switching key 1 capability psc1
                                      
                                      
                                       

                                      Specifies the interface switching capability type. The recommended switch capability type is psc1.

                                       
                                      Step 7 Use one of the following commands:
                                      • end
                                      • commit


                                      Example:
                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# end

                                      or

                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# commit
                                       

                                      Saves configuration changes.

                                      • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                        Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                        [cancel]:
                                        • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                        • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                        • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                      • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                       
                                      Configuring Persistent Interface Index

                                      Perform this task to preserve the LMP interface index across all interfaces on the router.

                                      SUMMARY STEPS

                                        1.    configure

                                        2.    snmp-server ifindex persist

                                        3.    Use one of these commands:

                                        • end
                                        • commit


                                      DETAILED STEPS
                                          Command or Action Purpose
                                        Step 1 configure


                                        Example:
                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                        
                                        
                                         

                                        Enters global configuration mode.

                                         
                                        Step 2 snmp-server ifindex persist


                                        Example:
                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# snmp-server ifindex persist
                                        
                                        
                                         

                                        Enables ifindex persistence globally on all Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) interfaces.

                                         
                                        Step 3 Use one of these commands:
                                        • end
                                        • commit


                                        Example:
                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                                        or

                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                                         

                                        Saves configuration changes.

                                        • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                          Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                          before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                          
                                          • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                          • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                          • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                        • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                         
                                        Enabling LMP Message Exchange

                                        Perform the following task to enable LMP message exchange. LMP is enabled by default. You can disable LMP on a per neighbor basis using the lmp static command in LMP protocol neighbor mode.


                                        Note


                                        LMP is recommended unless the peer optical device does not support LMP (in which case it is necessary to disable it at both ends).


                                        SUMMARY STEPS

                                          1.    configure

                                          2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                          3.    lmp neighbor name

                                          4.    ipcc routed

                                          5.    remote node-id node-id

                                          6.    Use one of the following commands:

                                          • end
                                          • commit


                                        DETAILED STEPS
                                            Command or Action Purpose
                                          Step 1 configure


                                          Example:
                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                          
                                          
                                           

                                          Enters global configuration mode.

                                           
                                          Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                          Example:
                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                          
                                          
                                           

                                          Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                           
                                          Step 3 lmp neighbor name


                                          Example:
                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# lmp neighbor OXC1
                                          
                                          
                                           

                                          Configures or updates a LMP neighbor and its associated parameters.

                                           
                                          Step 4 ipcc routed


                                          Example:
                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-OXC1)# ipcc routed
                                          
                                          
                                           

                                          Configures a routable Internet Protocol Control Channel (IPCC).

                                           
                                          Step 5 remote node-id node-id


                                          Example:
                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-OXC1)# remote node-id 2.2.2.2
                                          
                                          
                                           

                                          Configures the remote node ID for an LMP neighbor. In addition, the node-id value can be an IPv4 address.

                                           
                                          Step 6 Use one of the following commands:
                                          • end
                                          • commit


                                          Example:
                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-OXC1)# end

                                          or

                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-OXC1)# commit
                                           

                                          Saves configuration changes.

                                          • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                            Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                            [cancel]:
                                            • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                            • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                            • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                          • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                           
                                          Disabling LMP Message Exchange

                                          Perform the following task to disable LMP message exchange. LMP is enabled by default. You can disable LMP on a per neighbor basis using the lmp static command in LMP protocol neighbor mode.


                                          Note


                                          LMP is recommended unless the peer optical device does not support LMP (in which case it is necessary to disable it at both ends).


                                          SUMMARY STEPS

                                            1.    configure

                                            2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                            3.    lmp neighbor name

                                            4.    lmp static

                                            5.    ipcc routed

                                            6.    remote node-id node-id

                                            7.    Use one of the following commands:

                                            • end
                                            • commit


                                          DETAILED STEPS
                                              Command or Action Purpose
                                            Step 1 configure


                                            Example:
                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                            
                                            
                                             

                                            Enters global configuration mode.

                                             
                                            Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                            Example:
                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                            
                                            
                                             

                                            Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                             
                                            Step 3 lmp neighbor name


                                            Example:
                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# lmp neighbor OXC1
                                            
                                            
                                             

                                            Configures or updates a LMP neighbor and its associated parameters.

                                             
                                            Step 4 lmp static


                                            Example:
                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-0XC1)# lmp static
                                            
                                            
                                             

                                            Disables dynamic LMP procedures for the specified neighbor, including LMP hello and LMP link summary. This command is used for neighbors that do not support dynamic LMP procedures.

                                             
                                            Step 5 ipcc routed


                                            Example:
                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-OXC1)# ipcc routed
                                            
                                            
                                             

                                            Configures a routable IPCC.

                                             
                                            Step 6 remote node-id node-id


                                            Example:
                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-0XC1)# remote node-id 2.2.2.2
                                            
                                            
                                             

                                            Configures the remote node ID for an LMP neighbor. The node ID value must be an IPv4 address.

                                             
                                            Step 7 Use one of the following commands:
                                            • end
                                            • commit


                                            Example:
                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-0XC1)# end

                                            or

                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-0XC1)# commit
                                             

                                            Saves configuration changes.

                                            • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                              Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                              [cancel]:
                                              • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                              • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                              • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                            • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                             
                                            Configuring Remote TE Link Adjacency Information for Numbered Links

                                            Perform this task to configure remote TE link adjacency information for numbered links.

                                            SUMMARY STEPS

                                              1.    configure

                                              2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                              3.    interface type interface-path-id

                                              4.    lmp data-link adjacency

                                              5.    remote switching-capability {fsc | lsc | psc1}

                                              6.    remote interface-id unnum value

                                              7.    remote node-id node-id

                                              8.    neighbor name

                                              9.    remote node-id address

                                              10.    Use one of the following commands:

                                              • end
                                              • commit

                                              11.    show mpls lmp


                                            DETAILED STEPS
                                                Command or Action Purpose
                                              Step 1 configure


                                              Example:
                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                              
                                              
                                               

                                              Enters global configuration mode.

                                               
                                              Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                              Example:
                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                              
                                              
                                               

                                              Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                               
                                              Step 3 interface type interface-path-id


                                              Example:
                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS0/6/0/0
                                              
                                              
                                               

                                              Enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode and enables TE on a particular interface on the originating node.

                                               
                                              Step 4 lmp data-link adjacency


                                              Example:
                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# lmp data-link adjacency
                                              
                                              
                                               

                                              Configures LMP neighbor remote TE links.

                                               
                                              Step 5 remote switching-capability {fsc | lsc | psc1}


                                              Example:
                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# remote switching-capability lsc
                                              
                                              
                                               

                                              Configures the remote LMP MPLS-TE interface switching capability.

                                               
                                              Step 6 remote interface-id unnum value


                                              Example:
                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# remote interface-id unnum 7
                                              
                                              
                                               

                                              Configures the unnumbered interface identifier. Identifiers, which you specify by using this command, are the values assigned by the neighbor at the remote side.

                                               
                                              Step 7 remote node-id node-id


                                              Example:
                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# remote node-id 10.10.10.10
                                              
                                              
                                               

                                              Configures the remote node ID.

                                               
                                              Step 8 neighbor name


                                              Example:
                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# neighbor OXC1
                                              
                                              
                                               

                                              Configures or updates an LMP neighbor and its associated parameters.

                                               
                                              Step 9 remote node-id address


                                              Example:
                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# remote node-id 10.10.10.10
                                              
                                              
                                               

                                              Configures the remote node ID.

                                               
                                              Step 10 Use one of the following commands:
                                              • end
                                              • commit


                                              Example:
                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# end

                                              or

                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# commit
                                               

                                              Saves configuration changes.

                                              • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                [cancel]:
                                                • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                              • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                               
                                              Step 11 show mpls lmp


                                              Example:
                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls lmp
                                              
                                              
                                               

                                              Verifies the assigned value for the local interface identifiers.

                                               
                                              Configuring Remote TE Link Adjacency Information for Unnumbered Links

                                              Perform this task to configure remote TE link adjacency information for unnumbered links.


                                              Note


                                              To display the assigned value for the local interface identifiers, use the show mpls lmp command.


                                              SUMMARY STEPS

                                                1.    configure

                                                2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                3.    interface type interface-path-id

                                                4.    lmp data link adjacency

                                                5.    neighbor name

                                                6.    remote te-link-id unnum

                                                7.    remote interface-id unnum interface-dentifier

                                                8.    remote switching-capability {fsc | lsc | psc1}

                                                9.    Use one of the following commands:

                                                • end
                                                • commit


                                              DETAILED STEPS
                                                  Command or Action Purpose
                                                Step 1 configure


                                                Example:
                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                
                                                
                                                 

                                                Enters global configuration mode.

                                                 
                                                Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                Example:
                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                                
                                                
                                                 

                                                Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                 
                                                Step 3 interface type interface-path-id


                                                Example:
                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS0/6/0/0
                                                
                                                
                                                 

                                                Enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode and enables TE on a particular interface on the originating node.

                                                 
                                                Step 4 lmp data link adjacency


                                                Example:
                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# lmp data-link adjacency
                                                
                                                
                                                 

                                                Configures LMP neighbor remote TE links.

                                                 
                                                Step 5 neighbor name


                                                Example:
                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# neighbor OXC1
                                                
                                                
                                                 

                                                Configures or updates a LMP neighbor and its associated parameters.

                                                 
                                                Step 6 remote te-link-id unnum


                                                Example:
                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# remote te-link-id unnum 111
                                                
                                                
                                                 

                                                Configures the unnumbered interface and identifier.

                                                 
                                                Step 7 remote interface-id unnum interface-dentifier


                                                Example:
                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# remote interface-id unnum 7
                                                
                                                
                                                 

                                                Configures the unnumbered interface identifier. Identifiers, which you specify by using this command, are the values assigned by the neighbor at the remote side.

                                                 
                                                Step 8 remote switching-capability {fsc | lsc | psc1}


                                                Example:
                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# remote switching-capability lsc
                                                
                                                
                                                 

                                                Configures emote the LMP MPLS-TE interface switching capability.

                                                 
                                                Step 9 Use one of the following commands:
                                                • end
                                                • commit


                                                Example:
                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# end

                                                or

                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# commit
                                                 

                                                Saves configuration changes.

                                                • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                  Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                  [cancel]:
                                                  • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                  • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                  • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                 

                                                Configuring Numbered and Unnumbered Optical TE Tunnels


                                                Note


                                                Before you can successfully bring optical TE tunnels “up,” you must complete the procedures in the preceding sections.


                                                The following characteristics can apply to the headend (or, signaling) router:

                                                • Tunnels can be numbered or unnumbered.
                                                • Tunnels can be dynamic or explicit.

                                                The following characteristics can apply to the tailend (or, passive) router:

                                                • Tunnels can be numbered or unnumbered.
                                                • Tunnels must use the explicit path-option.
                                                Configuring an Optical TE Tunnel Using Dynamic Path Option

                                                Perform this task to configure a numbered or unnumbered optical tunnel on a router; in this example, the dynamic path option on the headend router. The dynamic option does not require that you specify the different hops to be taken along the way. The hops are calculated automatically.


                                                Note


                                                The examples describe how to configure optical tunnels. It does not include procedures for every option available on the headend and tailend routers.


                                                SUMMARY STEPS

                                                  1.    configure

                                                  2.    interface tunnel-gte tunnel-id

                                                  3.    ipv4 address ip-address/prefix or ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

                                                  4.    switching transit switching type encoding encoding type

                                                  5.    priority setup-priority hold-priority

                                                  6.    signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}

                                                  7.    destination ip-address

                                                  8.    path-option path-id dynamic

                                                  9.    direction [bidirectional]

                                                  10.    Use one of these commands:

                                                  • end
                                                  • commit


                                                DETAILED STEPS
                                                    Command or Action Purpose
                                                  Step 1 configure


                                                  Example:
                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                  
                                                  
                                                   

                                                  Enters global configuration mode.

                                                   
                                                  Step 2 interface tunnel-gte tunnel-id


                                                  Example:
                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-gte1
                                                  
                                                  
                                                   

                                                  Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel for GMPLS interfaces.

                                                   
                                                  Step 3 ipv4 address ip-address/prefix or ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id


                                                  Example:
                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 address 192.168.1.27 255.0.0.0
                                                  
                                                  
                                                   

                                                  Specifies a primary or secondary IPv4 address for an interface.

                                                  • Network mask can be a four-part dotted decimal address. For example, 255.0.0.0 indicates that each bit equal to 1 means that the corresponding address bit belongs to the network address.
                                                  • Network mask can be indicated as a slash (/) and a number (prefix length). The prefix length is a decimal value that indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash must precede the decimal value, and there is no space between the IP address and the slash.

                                                  or

                                                  • Enables IPv4 processing on a point-to-point interface without assigning an explicit IPv4 address to that interface.
                                                   
                                                  Step 4 switching transit switching type encoding encoding type


                                                  Example:
                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# switching transit lsc encoding sonetsdh
                                                  
                                                  
                                                   

                                                  Specifies the switching capability and encoding types for all transit TE links used to signal the optical tunnel.

                                                   
                                                  Step 5 priority setup-priority hold-priority


                                                  Example:
                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# priority 1 1
                                                  
                                                  
                                                   

                                                  Configures setup and reservation priorities for MPLS-TE tunnels.

                                                   
                                                  Step 6 signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}


                                                  Example:
                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 10 class-type 1
                                                  
                                                  
                                                   

                                                  Sets the CT0 bandwidth required on this interface. Because the default tunnel priority is 7, tunnels use the default TE class map (namely, class-type 1, priority 7).

                                                   
                                                  Step 7 destination ip-address


                                                  Example:
                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 192.168.92.125
                                                  
                                                  
                                                   

                                                  Assigns a destination address on the new tunnel.

                                                  • Destination address is the remote node’s MPLS-TE router ID.
                                                  • Destination address is the merge point between backup and protected tunnels.
                                                   
                                                  Step 8 path-option path-id dynamic


                                                  Example:
                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option l dynamic
                                                  
                                                  
                                                   

                                                  Configures the dynamic path option and path ID.

                                                   
                                                  Step 9 direction [bidirectional]


                                                  Example:
                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# direction bidirection
                                                  
                                                  
                                                   

                                                  Configures a bidirectional optical tunnel for GMPLS.

                                                   
                                                  Step 10 Use one of these commands:
                                                  • end
                                                  • commit


                                                  Example:
                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

                                                  or

                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                                                   

                                                  Saves configuration changes.

                                                  • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                    Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                    before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                    
                                                    • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                    • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                    • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                  • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                   
                                                  Configuring an Optical TE Tunnel Using Explicit Path Option

                                                  Perform this task to configure a numbered or unnumbered optical TE tunnel on a router. This task can be applied to both the headend and tailend router.


                                                  Note


                                                  You cannot configure dynamic tunnels on the tailend router.


                                                  SUMMARY STEPS

                                                    1.    configure

                                                    2.    interface tunnel-gte tunnel-id

                                                    3.    ipv4 address ipv4-address mask or ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

                                                    4.    passive

                                                    5.    match identifier tunnel number

                                                    6.    destination ip-address

                                                    7.    Use one of these commands:

                                                    • end
                                                    • commit


                                                  DETAILED STEPS
                                                      Command or Action Purpose
                                                    Step 1 configure


                                                    Example:
                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                    
                                                    
                                                     

                                                    Enters global configuration mode.

                                                     
                                                    Step 2 interface tunnel-gte tunnel-id


                                                    Example:
                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-gte 1
                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#
                                                    
                                                    
                                                     

                                                    Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface for GMPLS interfaces.

                                                     
                                                    Step 3 ipv4 address ipv4-address mask or ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id


                                                    Example:
                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 address 127.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
                                                    
                                                    
                                                     

                                                    Specifies a primary or secondary IPv4 address for an interface.

                                                    • Network mask can be a four-part dotted decimal address. For example, 255.0.0.0 indicates that each bit equal to 1 means that the corresponding address bit belongs to the network address.
                                                    • Network mask can be indicated as a slash (/) and a number (prefix length). The prefix length is a decimal value that indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash must precede the decimal value, and there is no space between the IP address and the slash.

                                                    or

                                                    • Enables IPv4 processing on a point-to-point interface without assigning an explicit IPv4 address to that interface.
                                                     
                                                    Step 4 passive


                                                    Example:
                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# passive
                                                    
                                                    
                                                     

                                                    Configures a passive interface.

                                                    Note   

                                                    The tailend (passive) router does not signal the tunnel, it simply accepts a connection from the headend router. The tailend router supports the same configuration as the headend router.

                                                     
                                                    Step 5 match identifier tunnel number


                                                    Example:
                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# match identifier gmpls1_t1
                                                    
                                                    
                                                     

                                                    Configures the match identifier. You must enter the hostname for the head router then underscore _t, and the tunnel number for the head router. If tunnel-te1 is configured on the head router with a hostname of gmpls1, CLI is match identifier gmpls1_t1.

                                                    Note   

                                                    The match identifier must correspond to the tunnel-gte number configured on the headend router. Together with the address specified using the destination command, this identifier uniquely identifies acceptable incoming tunnel requests.

                                                     
                                                    Step 6 destination ip-address


                                                    Example:
                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 10.1.1.1
                                                    
                                                    
                                                     

                                                    Assigns a destination address on the new tunnel.

                                                    • Destination address is the remote node’s MPLS-TE router ID.
                                                    • Destination address is the merge point between backup and protected tunnels.
                                                     
                                                    Step 7 Use one of these commands:
                                                    • end
                                                    • commit


                                                    Example:
                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

                                                    or

                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                                                     

                                                    Saves configuration changes.

                                                    • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                      Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                      before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                      
                                                      • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                      • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                      • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                    • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                     

                                                    Configuring LSP Hierarchy

                                                    These tasks describe the high-level steps that are required to configure LSP hierarchy.

                                                    LSP hierarchy allows standard MPLS-TE tunnels to be established over GMPLS-TE tunnels.

                                                    Consider the following information when configuring LSP hierarchy:

                                                    • LSP hierarchy supports numbered optical TE tunnels with IPv4 addresses only.
                                                    • LSP hierarchy supports numbered optical TE tunnels using numbered or unnumbered TE links.

                                                    Note


                                                    Before you can successfully configure LSP hierarchy, you must first establish a numbered optical tunnel between the headend and tailend routers.


                                                    To configure LSP hierarchy, you must perform a series of tasks that have been previously described in this GMPLS configuration section. The tasks, which must be completed in the order presented, are as follows:

                                                    1. Establish an optical TE tunnel.
                                                    2. Configure an optical TE tunnel under IGP.
                                                    3. Configure the bandwidth on the optical TE tunnel.
                                                    4. Configure the optical TE tunnel as a TE link.
                                                    5. Configure an MPLS-TE tunnel.

                                                    Configuring Border Control Model

                                                    Border control model lets you specify the optical core tunnels to be advertised to edge packet topologies. Using this model, the entire topology is stored in a separate packet instance, allowing packet networks where these optical tunnels are advertised to use LSP hierarchy to signal an MPLS tunnel over the optical tunnel.

                                                    Consider the following information when configuring protection and restoration:

                                                    • GMPLS optical TE tunnel must be numbered and have a valid IPv4 address.
                                                    • Router ID, which is used for the IGP area and interface ID, must be consistent in all areas.
                                                    • OSPF interface ID may be a numeric or alphanumeric.

                                                    Note


                                                    Border control model functionality is provided for multiple IGP instances in one area or in multiple IGP areas.


                                                    To configure border control model functionality, you will perform a series of tasks that have been previously described in this GMPLS configuration section. The tasks, which must be completed in the order presented, are as follows:

                                                    1. Configure two optical tunnels on different interfaces.

                                                      Note


                                                      When configuring IGP, you must keep the optical and packet topology information in separate routing tables.


                                                    2. Configure OSPF adjacency on each tunnel.
                                                    3. Configure bandwidth on each tunnel.
                                                    4. Configure packet tunnels.

                                                    Configuring Path Protection

                                                    These tasks describe how to configure path protection:

                                                    Configuring an LSP

                                                    Perform this task to configure an LSP for an explicit path. Path protection is enabled on a tunnel by adding an additional path option configuration at the active end. The path can be configured either explicitly or dynamically.


                                                    Note


                                                    When the dynamic option is used for both working and protecting LSPs, CSPF extensions are used to determine paths with different degrees of diversity. When the paths are computed, they are used over the lifetime of the LSPs. The nodes on the path of the LSP determine if the PSR is or is not for a given LSP. This determination is based on information that is obtained at signaling.


                                                    SUMMARY STEPS

                                                      1.    configure

                                                      2.    interface tunnel-gte number

                                                      3.    ipv4 address ipv4-address mask or ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

                                                      4.    signalled-name name

                                                      5.    switching transit capability-switching-type encoding encoding-type

                                                      6.    switching endpoint capability-switching -ype encoding encoding-type

                                                      7.    priority setup-priority hold-priority

                                                      8.    signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}

                                                      9.    destination ip-address

                                                      10.    path-option path-id explicit {name pathname |path-number }

                                                      11.    path-option protecting path-id explicit {name pathname | path-number}

                                                      12.    Use one of these commands:

                                                      • end
                                                      • commit


                                                    DETAILED STEPS
                                                        Command or Action Purpose
                                                      Step 1 configure


                                                      Example:
                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                      
                                                      
                                                       

                                                      Enters global configuration mode.

                                                       
                                                      Step 2 interface tunnel-gte number


                                                      Example:
                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-gte 1
                                                      
                                                      
                                                       

                                                      Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface for GMPLS interfaces.

                                                       
                                                      Step 3 ipv4 address ipv4-address mask or ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id


                                                      Example:
                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 address 99.99.99.2 255.255.255.254 
                                                      
                                                      
                                                       

                                                      Specifies a primary or secondary IPv4 address for an interface.

                                                      • Network mask can be a four-part dotted decimal address. For example, 255.0.0.0 indicates that each bit equal to 1 means that the corresponding address bit belongs to the network address.
                                                      • Network mask can be indicated as a slash (/) and a number (prefix length). The prefix length is a decimal value that indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash must precede the decimal value, and there is no space between the IP address and the slash.

                                                      or

                                                      • Enables IPv4 processing on a point-to-point interface without assigning an explicit IPv4 address to that interface.
                                                       
                                                      Step 4 signalled-name name


                                                      Example:
                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-name tunnel-gte1
                                                      
                                                      
                                                       

                                                      Configures the name of the tunnel required for an MPLS TE tunnel. The name argument specifies the signal for the tunnel.

                                                       
                                                      Step 5 switching transit capability-switching-type encoding encoding-type


                                                      Example:
                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# switching transit lsc encoding sonetsdh
                                                      
                                                      
                                                       

                                                      Specifies the switching capability and encoding types for all transit TE links used to signal the optical tunnel to configure an optical LSP.

                                                       
                                                      Step 6 switching endpoint capability-switching -ype encoding encoding-type


                                                      Example:
                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# switching endpoint psc1 encoding sonetsdh
                                                      
                                                      
                                                       

                                                      Specifies the switching capability and encoding types for all endpoint TE links used to signal the optical tunnel that is mandatory to set up the GMPLS LSP.

                                                       
                                                      Step 7 priority setup-priority hold-priority


                                                      Example:
                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# priority 2 2
                                                      
                                                      
                                                       

                                                      Configures setup and reservation priorities for MPLS-TE tunnels.

                                                       
                                                      Step 8 signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}


                                                      Example:
                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 2488320
                                                      
                                                      
                                                       

                                                      Configures the bandwidth required for an MPLS TE tunnel. The signalled-bandwidth command supports two bandwidth pools (class-types) for the Diff-Serv Aware TE (DS-TE) feature.

                                                       
                                                      Step 9 destination ip-address


                                                      Example:
                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 24.24.24.24
                                                      
                                                      
                                                       

                                                      Assigns a destination address on the new tunnel.

                                                      • Destination address is the remote node’s MPLS-TE router ID.
                                                      • Destination address is the merge point between backup and protected tunnels.
                                                       
                                                      Step 10 path-option path-id explicit {name pathname |path-number }


                                                      Example:
                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option l explicit name po4
                                                      
                                                      
                                                       

                                                      Configures the explicit path option and path ID.

                                                       
                                                      Step 11 path-option protecting path-id explicit {name pathname | path-number}


                                                      Example:
                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option protecting 1 explicit name po6
                                                      
                                                      
                                                       

                                                      Configures the path setup option to protect a path.

                                                       
                                                      Step 12 Use one of these commands:
                                                      • end
                                                      • commit


                                                      Example:
                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

                                                      or

                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                                                       

                                                      Saves configuration changes.

                                                      • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                        Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                        before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                        
                                                        • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                        • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                        • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                      • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                       
                                                      Forcing Reversion of the LSP

                                                      Perform this task to allow a forced reversion of the LSPs, which is only applicable to 1:1 LSP protection.

                                                      SUMMARY STEPS

                                                        1.    mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover {gmpls tunnel-name | tunnel-te tunnel-id }

                                                        2.    Use one of the following commands:

                                                        • end
                                                        • commit


                                                      DETAILED STEPS
                                                          Command or Action Purpose
                                                        Step 1 mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover {gmpls tunnel-name | tunnel-te tunnel-id }


                                                        Example:
                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover tunnel-te 1
                                                        
                                                        
                                                         

                                                        Specifies a manual switchover for path protection for a GMPLS optical LSP. The tunnel ID is configured for a switchover.

                                                        The mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover command must be issued on both head and tail router of the GMPLS LSP to achieve the complete path switchover at both ends.

                                                         
                                                        Step 2 Use one of the following commands:
                                                        • end
                                                        • commit


                                                        Example:
                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# end

                                                        or

                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# commit
                                                         

                                                        Saves configuration changes.

                                                        • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                          Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                          [cancel]:
                                                          • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                          • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                          • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                        • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                         

                                                        Configuring Flexible Name-based Tunnel Constraints

                                                        To fully configure MPLS-TE flexible name-based tunnel constraints, you must complete these high-level tasks in order:

                                                        1. Assigning Color Names to Numeric Values
                                                        2. Associating Affinity-Names with TE Links
                                                        3. Associating Affinity Constraints for TE Tunnels

                                                        Assigning Color Names to Numeric Values

                                                        The first task in enabling the new coloring scheme is to assign a numerical value (in hexadecimal) to each value (color).


                                                        Note


                                                        An affinity color name cannot exceed 64 characters. An affinity value cannot exceed a single digit. For example, magenta1.


                                                        SUMMARY STEPS

                                                          1.    configure

                                                          2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                          3.    affinity-map affinity name {affinity value | bit-position value}

                                                          4.    Use one of the following commands:

                                                          • end
                                                          • commit


                                                        DETAILED STEPS
                                                            Command or Action Purpose
                                                          Step 1 configure


                                                          Example:
                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routerconfigure
                                                          
                                                          
                                                           

                                                          Enters global configuration mode.

                                                           
                                                          Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                          Example:
                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#
                                                          
                                                          
                                                           

                                                          Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                           
                                                          Step 3 affinity-map affinity name {affinity value | bit-position value}


                                                          Example:
                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# affinity-map red 1
                                                          
                                                          
                                                           

                                                          Enters an affinity name and a map value by using a color name (repeat this command to assign multiple colors up to a maximum of 64 colors). An affinity color name cannot exceed 64 characters. The value you assign to a color name must be a single digit.

                                                           
                                                          Step 4 Use one of the following commands:
                                                          • end
                                                          • commit


                                                          Example:
                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# end

                                                          or

                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# commit
                                                           

                                                          Saves configuration changes.

                                                          • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                            Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                            [cancel]:
                                                            • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                            • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                            • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                          • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                           

                                                          Associating Affinity-Names with TE Links

                                                          The next step in the configuration of MPLS-TE Flexible Name-based Tunnel Constraints is to assign affinity names and values to TE links. You can assign up to a maximum of 32 colors. Before you assign a color to a link, you must define the name-to-value mapping for each color.

                                                          SUMMARY STEPS

                                                            1.    configure

                                                            2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                            3.    interface type interface-path-id

                                                            4.    attribute-names attribute name

                                                            5.    Use one of the following commands:

                                                            • end
                                                            • commit


                                                          DETAILED STEPS
                                                              Command or Action Purpose
                                                            Step 1 configure


                                                            Example:
                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routerconfigure
                                                            
                                                            
                                                             

                                                            Enters global configuration mode.

                                                             
                                                            Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                            Example:
                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#
                                                            
                                                            
                                                             

                                                            Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                             
                                                            Step 3 interface type interface-path-id


                                                            Example:
                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface tunnel-te 2
                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)#
                                                            
                                                            
                                                             

                                                            Enables MPLS-TE on an interface and enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.

                                                             
                                                            Step 4 attribute-names attribute name


                                                            Example:
                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# attribute-names red
                                                            
                                                            
                                                             

                                                            Assigns colors to TE links over the selected interface.

                                                             
                                                            Step 5 Use one of the following commands:
                                                            • end
                                                            • commit


                                                            Example:
                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# end

                                                            or

                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# commit
                                                             

                                                            Saves configuration changes.

                                                            • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                              Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                              [cancel]:
                                                              • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                              • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                              • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                            • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                             

                                                            Associating Affinity Constraints for TE Tunnels

                                                            The final step in the configuration of MPLS-TE Flexible Name-based Tunnel Constraints requires that you associate a tunnel with affinity constraints.

                                                            Using this model, there are no masks. Instead, there is support for four types of affinity constraints:

                                                            • include
                                                            • include-strict
                                                            • exclude
                                                            • exclude-all

                                                            Note


                                                            For the affinity constraints above, all but the exclude-all constraint may be associated with up to 10 colors.


                                                            SUMMARY STEPS

                                                              1.    configure

                                                              2.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

                                                              3.    affinity {affinity-value mask mask-value | exclude name | exclude -all | include name | include-strict name}

                                                              4.    Use one of these commands:

                                                              • end
                                                              • commit


                                                            DETAILED STEPS
                                                                Command or Action Purpose
                                                              Step 1 configure


                                                              Example:
                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routerconfigure
                                                              
                                                              
                                                               

                                                              Enters global configuration mode.

                                                               
                                                              Step 2 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


                                                              Example:
                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
                                                              
                                                              
                                                               

                                                              Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

                                                               
                                                              Step 3 affinity {affinity-value mask mask-value | exclude name | exclude -all | include name | include-strict name}


                                                              Example:
                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity include red
                                                              
                                                              
                                                               

                                                              Configures link attributes for links comprising a tunnel. You can have up to ten colors.

                                                              Multiple include statements can be specified under tunnel configuration. With this configuration, a link is eligible for CSPF if it has at least a red color or has at least a green color. Thus, a link with red and any other colors as well as a link with green and any additional colors meet the above constraint.

                                                               
                                                              Step 4 Use one of these commands:
                                                              • end
                                                              • commit


                                                              Example:
                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

                                                              or

                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                                                               

                                                              Saves configuration changes.

                                                              • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                
                                                                • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                              • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                               

                                                              Configuring IS-IS to Flood MPLS-TE Link Information

                                                              Perform this task to configure a router running the Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) protocol to flood MPLS-TE link information into multiple IS-IS levels.

                                                              This procedure shows how to enable MPLS-TE in both IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2.

                                                              SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                1.    configure

                                                                2.    router isis instance-id

                                                                3.    net network-entity-title

                                                                4.    address-family {ipv4 | ipv6} {unicast}

                                                                5.    metric-style wide

                                                                6.    mpls traffic-eng level

                                                                7.    Use one of the following commands:

                                                                • end
                                                                • commit


                                                              DETAILED STEPS
                                                                  Command or Action Purpose
                                                                Step 1 configure


                                                                Example:
                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                 

                                                                Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 2 router isis instance-id


                                                                Example:
                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router isis 1
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                 

                                                                Enters an IS-IS instance.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 3 net network-entity-title


                                                                Example:
                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis)# net 47.0001.0000.0000.0002.00
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                 

                                                                Enters an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 4 address-family {ipv4 | ipv6} {unicast}


                                                                Example:
                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis)# address-family ipv4 unicast
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                 

                                                                Enters address family configuration mode for configuring IS-IS routing that uses IPv4 and IPv6 address prefixes.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 5 metric-style wide


                                                                Example:
                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis-af)# metric-style wide
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                 

                                                                Enters the new-style type, length, and value (TLV) objects.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 6 mpls traffic-eng level


                                                                Example:
                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis-af)# mpls traffic-eng level-1-2
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                 

                                                                Enters the required MPLS-TE level or levels.

                                                                 
                                                                Step 7 Use one of the following commands:
                                                                • end
                                                                • commit


                                                                Example:
                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis-af)# end

                                                                or

                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis-af)# commit
                                                                 

                                                                Saves configuration changes.

                                                                • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                  Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                  [cancel]:
                                                                  • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                  • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                  • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                 

                                                                Configuring an OSPF Area of MPLS-TE

                                                                Perform this task to configure an OSPF area for MPLS-TE in both the OSPF backbone area 0 and area 1.

                                                                SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                  1.    configure

                                                                  2.    router ospf process-name

                                                                  3.    mpls traffic-eng router-id type interface-path-id

                                                                  4.    area area-id

                                                                  5.    interface type interface-path-id

                                                                  6.    Use one of the following commands:

                                                                  • end
                                                                  • commit


                                                                DETAILED STEPS
                                                                    Command or Action Purpose
                                                                  Step 1 configure


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                                                   

                                                                  Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                   
                                                                  Step 2 router ospf process-name


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router ospf 100
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                                                   
                                                                  Enters a name that uniquely identifies an OSPF routing process.
                                                                  process-name

                                                                  Any alphanumeric string no longer than 40 characters without spaces.

                                                                   
                                                                  Step 3 mpls traffic-eng router-id type interface-path-id


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback0
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                                                   

                                                                  Enters the MPLS interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

                                                                   
                                                                  Step 4 area area-id


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# area 0
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                                                   
                                                                  Enters an OSPF area identifier.
                                                                  area-id

                                                                  Either a decimal value or an IP address.

                                                                   
                                                                  Step 5 interface type interface-path-id


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf-ar)# interface POS 0/2/0/0
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                                                   

                                                                  Identifies an interface ID. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

                                                                   
                                                                  Step 6 Use one of the following commands:
                                                                  • end
                                                                  • commit


                                                                  Example:
                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf-ar)# end

                                                                  or

                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf-ar)# commit
                                                                   

                                                                  Saves configuration changes.

                                                                  • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                    Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                    [cancel]:
                                                                    • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                    • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                    • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                  • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                   

                                                                  Configuring Explicit Paths with ABRs Configured as Loose Addresses

                                                                  Perform this task to specify an IPv4 explicit path with ABRs configured as loose addresses.

                                                                  SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                    1.    configure

                                                                    2.    explicit-path name name

                                                                    3.    index index-id next-address [loose] ipv4 unicast ip-address

                                                                    4.    Use one of the following commands:

                                                                    • end
                                                                    • commit


                                                                  DETAILED STEPS
                                                                      Command or Action Purpose
                                                                    Step 1 configure


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                     

                                                                    Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                     
                                                                    Step 2 explicit-path name name


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# explicit-path name interarea1
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                     

                                                                    Enters a name for the explicit path.

                                                                     
                                                                    Step 3 index index-id next-address [loose] ipv4 unicast ip-address


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-expl-path)# index 1 next-address loose ipv4 unicast 10.10.10.10
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                     

                                                                    Includes an address in an IP explicit path of a tunnel.

                                                                     
                                                                    Step 4 Use one of the following commands:
                                                                    • end
                                                                    • commit


                                                                    Example:
                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-expl-path)# end

                                                                    or

                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-expl-path)# commit
                                                                     

                                                                    Saves configuration changes.

                                                                    • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                      Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                      [cancel]:
                                                                      • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                      • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                      • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                    • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                     

                                                                    Configuring MPLS-TE Forwarding Adjacency

                                                                    Perform this task to configure forwarding adjacency on a specific tunnel-te interface.

                                                                    SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                      1.    configure

                                                                      2.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

                                                                      3.    forwarding-adjacency holdtime value

                                                                      4.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                      • end
                                                                      • commit


                                                                    DETAILED STEPS
                                                                        Command or Action Purpose
                                                                      Step 1 configure


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                      
                                                                      
                                                                       

                                                                      Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                       
                                                                      Step 2 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
                                                                      
                                                                      
                                                                       

                                                                      Enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.

                                                                       
                                                                      Step 3 forwarding-adjacency holdtime value


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# forwarding-adjacency holdtime 60
                                                                      
                                                                      
                                                                       

                                                                      Configures forwarding adjacency using an optional specific holdtime value. By default, this value is 0 (milliseconds).

                                                                       
                                                                      Step 4 Use one of these commands:
                                                                      • end
                                                                      • commit


                                                                      Example:
                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

                                                                      or

                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                                                                       

                                                                      Saves configuration changes.

                                                                      • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                        Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                        before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                        
                                                                        • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                        • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                        • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                      • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                       

                                                                      Configuring Unequal Load Balancing

                                                                      Perform these tasks to configure unequal load balancing:

                                                                      Setting Unequal Load Balancing Parameters

                                                                      The first step you must take to configure unequal load balancing requires that you set the parameters on each specific interface. The default load share for tunnels with no explicit configuration is the configured bandwidth.


                                                                      Note


                                                                      Equal load-sharing occurs if there is no configured bandwidth.


                                                                      SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                        1.    configure

                                                                        2.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

                                                                        3.    load-share value

                                                                        4.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                        • end
                                                                        • commit

                                                                        5.    show mpls traffic-eng tunnels


                                                                      DETAILED STEPS
                                                                          Command or Action Purpose
                                                                        Step 1 configure


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                         

                                                                        Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                         
                                                                        Step 2 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                         

                                                                        Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface configuration mode and enables traffic engineering on a particular interface on the originating node.

                                                                        Note   

                                                                        Only tunnel-te interfaces are permitted.

                                                                         
                                                                        Step 3 load-share value


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# load-share 1000
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                         

                                                                        Configures the load-sharing parameters for the specified interface.

                                                                         
                                                                        Step 4 Use one of these commands:
                                                                        • end
                                                                        • commit


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

                                                                        or

                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                                                                         

                                                                        Saves configuration changes.

                                                                        • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                          Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                          before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                          
                                                                          • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                          • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                          • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                        • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                         
                                                                        Step 5 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels


                                                                        Example:
                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                         

                                                                        Verifies the state of unequal load balancing, including bandwidth and load-share values.

                                                                         
                                                                        Related Concepts

                                                                        Enabling Unequal Load Balancing

                                                                        This task describes how to enable unequal load balancing. (For example, this is a global switch used to turn unequal load-balancing on or off.)

                                                                        SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                          1.    configure

                                                                          2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                                          3.    load-share unequal

                                                                          4.    Use one of the following commands:

                                                                          • end
                                                                          • commit

                                                                          5.    show mpls traffic-eng tunnels


                                                                        DETAILED STEPS
                                                                            Command or Action Purpose
                                                                          Step 1 configure


                                                                          Example:
                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                           

                                                                          Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                           
                                                                          Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                                          Example:
                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                           

                                                                          Enters the MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                                           
                                                                          Step 3 load-share unequal


                                                                          Example:
                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# load-share unequal
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                           

                                                                          Enables unequal load sharing across TE tunnels to the same destination.

                                                                           
                                                                          Step 4 Use one of the following commands:
                                                                          • end
                                                                          • commit


                                                                          Example:
                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# end

                                                                          or

                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# commit
                                                                           

                                                                          Saves configuration changes.

                                                                          • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                            Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                            [cancel]:
                                                                            • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                            • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                            • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                          • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                           
                                                                          Step 5 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels


                                                                          Example:
                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                           

                                                                          Verifies the state of unequal load balancing, including bandwidth and load-share values.

                                                                           
                                                                          Related Concepts

                                                                          Configuring a Path Computation Client and Element

                                                                          Perform these tasks to configure Path Comptation Client (PCC) and Path Computation Element (PCE):

                                                                          Configuring a Path Computation Client

                                                                          Perform this task to configure a TE tunnel as a PCC.


                                                                          Note


                                                                          Only one TE-enabled IGP instance can be used at a time.


                                                                          SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                            1.    configure

                                                                            2.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

                                                                            3.    path-option preference-priority dynamic pce

                                                                            4.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                            • end
                                                                            • commit


                                                                          DETAILED STEPS
                                                                              Command or Action Purpose
                                                                            Step 1 configure


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                             

                                                                            Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                             
                                                                            Step 2 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 6
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                             

                                                                            Enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode and enables traffic engineering on a particular interface on the originating node.

                                                                             
                                                                            Step 3 path-option preference-priority dynamic pce


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 dynamic pce
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                             

                                                                            Configures a TE tunnel as a PCC.

                                                                             
                                                                            Step 4 Use one of these commands:
                                                                            • end
                                                                            • commit


                                                                            Example:
                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

                                                                            or

                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                                                                             

                                                                            Saves configuration changes.

                                                                            • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                              Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                              before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                              
                                                                              • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                              • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                              • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                            • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                             
                                                                            Related Concepts
                                                                            Related References

                                                                            Configuring a Path Computation Element Address

                                                                            Perform this task to configure a PCE address.


                                                                            Note


                                                                            Only one TE-enabled IGP instance can be used at a time.


                                                                            SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                              1.    configure

                                                                              2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                                              3.    pce address ipv4 address

                                                                              4.    Use one of the following commands:

                                                                              • end
                                                                              • commit


                                                                            DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                Command or Action Purpose
                                                                              Step 1 configure


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                                                               

                                                                              Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                               
                                                                              Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                                                               

                                                                              Enters the MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                                               
                                                                              Step 3 pce address ipv4 address


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce address ipv4 10.1.1.1
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                                                               

                                                                              Configures a PCE IPv4 address.

                                                                               
                                                                              Step 4 Use one of the following commands:
                                                                              • end
                                                                              • commit


                                                                              Example:
                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# end

                                                                              or

                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# commit
                                                                               

                                                                              Saves configuration changes.

                                                                              • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                                [cancel]:
                                                                                • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                              • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                               
                                                                              Related Concepts
                                                                              Related References

                                                                              Configuring PCE Parameters

                                                                              Perform this task to configure PCE parameters, including a static PCE peer, periodic reoptimization timer values, and request timeout values.

                                                                              SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                1.    configure

                                                                                2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                                                3.    pce address ipv4 address

                                                                                4.    pce peer ipv4 address

                                                                                5.    pce keepalive interval

                                                                                6.    pce deadtimer value

                                                                                7.    pce reoptimize value

                                                                                8.    pce request-timeout value

                                                                                9.    pce tolerance keepalive value

                                                                                10.    Use one of the following commands:

                                                                                • end
                                                                                • commit

                                                                                11.    show mpls traffic-eng pce peer [address | all]

                                                                                12.    show mpls traffic-eng pce tunnels


                                                                              DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                  Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                Step 1 configure


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                 

                                                                                Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                 

                                                                                Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 3 pce address ipv4 address


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce address ipv4 10.1.1.1
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                 

                                                                                Configures a PCE IPv4 address.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 4 pce peer ipv4 address


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce peer address ipv4 10.1.1.1
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                 

                                                                                Configures a static PCE peer address. PCE peers are also discovered dynamically through OSPF or ISIS.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 5 pce keepalive interval


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce keepalive 10
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                 

                                                                                Configures a PCEP keepalive interval. The range is from 0 to 255 seconds. When the keepalive interval is 0, the LSR does not send keepalive messages.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 6 pce deadtimer value


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce deadtimer 50
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                 

                                                                                Configures a PCE deadtimer value. The range is from 0 to 255 seconds. When the dead interval is 0, the LSR does not timeout a PCEP session to a remote peer.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 7 pce reoptimize value


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce reoptimize 200
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                 

                                                                                Configures a periodic reoptimization timer value. The range is from 60 to 604800 seconds. When the dead interval is 0, the LSR does not timeout a PCEP session to a remote peer.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 8 pce request-timeout value


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce request-timeout 10
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                 

                                                                                Configures a PCE request-timeout. Range is from 5 to 100 seconds. PCC or PCE keeps a pending path request only for the request-timeout period.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 9 pce tolerance keepalive value


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce tolerance keepalive 10
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                 

                                                                                Configures a PCE tolerance keepalive value (which is the minimum acceptable peer proposed keepalive).

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 10 Use one of the following commands:
                                                                                • end
                                                                                • commit


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# end

                                                                                or

                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# commit
                                                                                 

                                                                                Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                  Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                                  [cancel]:
                                                                                  • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                  • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                  • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 11 show mpls traffic-eng pce peer [address | all]


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng pce peer
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                 

                                                                                Displays the PCE peer address and state.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Step 12 show mpls traffic-eng pce tunnels


                                                                                Example:
                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng pce tunnels
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                 

                                                                                Displays the status of the PCE tunnels.

                                                                                 
                                                                                Related Concepts
                                                                                Related References

                                                                                Configuring Policy-based Tunnel Selection

                                                                                Perform this task to configure policy-based tunnel selection (PBTS).

                                                                                SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                  1.    configure

                                                                                  2.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

                                                                                  3.    ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

                                                                                  4.    signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}

                                                                                  5.    autoroute announce

                                                                                  6.    destination ip-address

                                                                                  7.    policy-class {1 - 7} | {default}

                                                                                  8.    path-option preference-priority {explicit name explicit-path-name}

                                                                                  9.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                  • end
                                                                                  • commit


                                                                                DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                    Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                  Step 1 configure


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                  
                                                                                  
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 2 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 6
                                                                                  
                                                                                  
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface and enables traffic engineering on a particular interface on the originating node.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 3 ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                  
                                                                                  
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Assigns a source address so that forwarding can be performed on the new tunnel.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 4 signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 10 class-type 1
                                                                                  
                                                                                  
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Configures the bandwidth required for an MPLS TE tunnel. Because the default tunnel priority is 7, tunnels use the default TE class map (namely, class-type 1, priority 7).

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 5 autoroute announce


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute announce
                                                                                  
                                                                                  
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Enables messages that notify the neighbor nodes about the routes that are forwarding.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 6 destination ip-address


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 10.1.1.1
                                                                                  
                                                                                  
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Assigns a destination address on the new tunnel.

                                                                                  • Destination address is the remote node’s MPLS-TE router ID.
                                                                                  • Destination address is the merge point between backup and protected tunnels.
                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 7 policy-class {1 - 7} | {default}


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# policy-class 1
                                                                                  
                                                                                  
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Configures PBTS to direct traffic into specific TE tunnels.

                                                                                  Configures PBTS to direct traffic into the default class.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 8 path-option preference-priority {explicit name explicit-path-name}


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option l explicit name backup-path
                                                                                  
                                                                                  
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Sets the path option to explicit with a given name (previously configured) and assigns the path ID.

                                                                                   
                                                                                  Step 9 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                  • end
                                                                                  • commit


                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end

                                                                                  or

                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                  • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                    Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                                    before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                                    
                                                                                    • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                    • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                    • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                  • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                   

                                                                                  Configuring the Automatic Bandwidth

                                                                                  Perform these tasks to configure the automatic bandwidth:

                                                                                  Configuring the Collection Frequency

                                                                                  Perform this task to configure the collection frequency. You can configure only one global collection frequency.

                                                                                  SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                    1.    configure

                                                                                    2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                                                    3.    auto-bw collect frequency minutes

                                                                                    4.    Use one of the following commands:

                                                                                    • end
                                                                                    • commit

                                                                                    5.    show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [auto-bw]


                                                                                  DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                      Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                    Step 1 configure


                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                    
                                                                                    
                                                                                     

                                                                                    Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                     
                                                                                    Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# 
                                                                                    
                                                                                    
                                                                                     

                                                                                    Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                                                     
                                                                                    Step 3 auto-bw collect frequency minutes


                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-bw collect frequency 1
                                                                                    
                                                                                    
                                                                                     

                                                                                    Configures the automatic bandwidth collection frequency, and controls the manner in which the bandwidth for a tunnel collects output rate information; but does not adjust the tunnel bandwidth.

                                                                                    minutes

                                                                                    Configures the interval between automatic bandwidth adjustments in minutes. Range is from 1 to 10080.

                                                                                     
                                                                                    Step 4 Use one of the following commands:
                                                                                    • end
                                                                                    • commit


                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# end

                                                                                    or

                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# commit
                                                                                     

                                                                                    Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                    • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                      Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                                      [cancel]:
                                                                                      • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                      • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                      • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                    • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                     
                                                                                    Step 5 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [auto-bw]


                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic tunnels auto-bw
                                                                                    
                                                                                    
                                                                                     

                                                                                    Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels for the automatic bandwidth. The globally configured collection frequency is displayed.

                                                                                     

                                                                                    Forcing the Current Application Period to Expire Immediately

                                                                                    Perform this task to force the current application period to expire immediately on the specified tunnel. The highest bandwidth is applied on the tunnel before waiting for the application period to end on its own.

                                                                                    SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                      1.    mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply {all | tunnel-te tunnel-number}

                                                                                      2.    show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [auto-bw]


                                                                                    DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                        Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                      Step 1 mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply {all | tunnel-te tunnel-number}


                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply tunnel-te 1
                                                                                      
                                                                                      
                                                                                       
                                                                                      Configures the highest bandwidth available on a tunnel without waiting for the current application period to end.
                                                                                      all

                                                                                      Configures the highest bandwidth available instantly on all the tunnels.

                                                                                      tunnel-te

                                                                                      Configures the highest bandwidth instantly to the specified tunnel. Range is from 0 to 65535.

                                                                                       
                                                                                      Step 2 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [auto-bw]


                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw
                                                                                      
                                                                                      
                                                                                       

                                                                                      Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels for the automatic bandwidth.

                                                                                       

                                                                                      Configuring the Automatic Bandwidth Functions

                                                                                      Perform this task to configure the following automatic bandwidth functions:

                                                                                      Application frequency

                                                                                      Configures the application frequency in which a tunnel bandwidth is updated by the automatic bandwidth.

                                                                                      Bandwidth collection

                                                                                      Configures only the bandwidth collection.

                                                                                      Bandwidth parameters

                                                                                      Configures the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth to set on a tunnel.

                                                                                      Adjustment threshold

                                                                                      Configures the adjustment threshold for each tunnel.

                                                                                      Overflow detection

                                                                                      Configures the overflow detection for each tunnel.

                                                                                      SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                        1.    configure

                                                                                        2.    interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

                                                                                        3.    auto-bw

                                                                                        4.    application minutes

                                                                                        5.    bw-limit {min bandwidth } {max bandwidth}

                                                                                        6.    adjustment-threshold percentage [min minimum-bandwidth]

                                                                                        7.    overflow threshold percentage [min bandwidth] limit limit

                                                                                        8.    Use one of the following commands:

                                                                                        • end
                                                                                        • commit

                                                                                        9.    show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [auto-bw]


                                                                                      DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                          Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                        Step 1 configure


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                        
                                                                                        
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 2 interface tunnel-te tunnel-id


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 6
                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#
                                                                                        
                                                                                        
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface and enables traffic engineering on a particular interface on the originating node.

                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 3 auto-bw


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# 
                                                                                        
                                                                                        
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Configures automatic bandwidth on a tunnel interface and enters MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode.

                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 4 application minutes


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# application 1000
                                                                                        
                                                                                        
                                                                                         
                                                                                        Configures the application frequency in minutes for the applicable tunnel.
                                                                                        minutes

                                                                                        Frequency in minutes for the automatic bandwidth application. Range is from 5 to 10080 (7 days). The default value is 1440 (24 hours).

                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 5 bw-limit {min bandwidth } {max bandwidth}


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# bw-limit min 30 max 80
                                                                                        
                                                                                        
                                                                                         
                                                                                        Configures the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth set on a tunnel.
                                                                                        min

                                                                                        Applies the minimum automatic bandwidth in kbps on a tunnel. Range is from 0 to 4294967295.

                                                                                        max

                                                                                        Applies the maximum automatic bandwidth in kbps on a tunnel. Range is from 0 to 4294967295.

                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 6 adjustment-threshold percentage [min minimum-bandwidth]


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# adjustment-threshold 50 min 800
                                                                                        
                                                                                        
                                                                                         
                                                                                        Configures the tunnel bandwidth change threshold to trigger an adjustment.
                                                                                        percentage

                                                                                        Bandwidth change percent threshold to trigger an adjustment if the largest sample percentage is higher or lower than the current tunnel bandwidth. Range is from 1 to 100 percent. The default value is 5 percent.

                                                                                        min

                                                                                        Configures the bandwidth change value to trigger an adjustment. The tunnel bandwidth is changed only if the largest sample is higher or lower than the current tunnel bandwidth. Range is from 10 to 4294967295 kilobits per second (kbps). The default value is 10 kbps.

                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 7 overflow threshold percentage [min bandwidth] limit limit


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# overflow threshold 100 limit 1
                                                                                        
                                                                                        
                                                                                         
                                                                                        Configures the tunnel overflow detection.
                                                                                        percentage

                                                                                        Bandwidth change percent to trigger an overflow. Range is from 1 to 100 percent.

                                                                                        limit

                                                                                        Configures the number of consecutive collection intervals that exceeds the threshold. The bandwidth overflow triggers an early tunnel bandwidth update. Range is from 1 to 10 collection periods. The default value is none.

                                                                                        min

                                                                                        Configures the bandwidth change value in kbps to trigger an overflow. Range is from 10 to 4294967295. The default value is 10.

                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 8 Use one of the following commands:
                                                                                        • end
                                                                                        • commit


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# end

                                                                                        or

                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# commit
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                        • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                          Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                                          [cancel]:
                                                                                          • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                          • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                          • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                        • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                         
                                                                                        Step 9 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [auto-bw]


                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw
                                                                                        
                                                                                        
                                                                                         

                                                                                        Displays the MPLS-TE tunnel information only for tunnels in which the automatic bandwidth is enabled.

                                                                                         

                                                                                        Configuring the Shared Risk Link Groups

                                                                                        To activate the MPLS traffic engineering SRLG feature, you must configure the SRLG value of each link that has a shared risk with another link.

                                                                                        Configuring the SRLG Values of Each Link that has a Shared Risk with Another Link

                                                                                        Perform this task to configure the SRLG value for each link that has a shared risk with another link.


                                                                                        Note


                                                                                        You can configure up to 30 SRLGs per interface.


                                                                                        SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                          1.    configure

                                                                                          2.    srlg

                                                                                          3.    interface type interface-path-id

                                                                                          4.    value value

                                                                                          5.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                          • end
                                                                                          • commit

                                                                                          6.    show srlg interface type interface-path-id

                                                                                          7.    show srlg


                                                                                        DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                            Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                          Step 1 configure


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 2 srlg


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# srlg
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Configures SRLG configuration commands on a specific interface configuration mode and assigns this SRLG a value.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 3 interface type interface-path-id


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-srlg)# interface POS 0/6/0/0
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Configures an interface type and path ID to be associated with an SRLG and enters SRLG interface configuration mode.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 4 value value


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-srlg-if)# value 100
                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router (config-srlg-if)# value 200
                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-srlg-if)# value 300
                                                                                          
                                                                                          
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Configures SRLG network values for a specific interface. Range is 0 to 4294967295.

                                                                                          Note   

                                                                                          You can also set SRLG values on multiple interfaces including bundle interface.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 5 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                          • end
                                                                                          • commit


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                                                                                          or

                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                                                                                           

                                                                                          Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                          • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                            Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                                            before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                                            
                                                                                            • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                            • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                            • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                          • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 6 show srlg interface type interface-path-id


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show srlg interface POS 0/6/0/0
                                                                                           

                                                                                          (Optional) Displays the SRLG values configured for a specific interface.

                                                                                           
                                                                                          Step 7 show srlg


                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show srlg 
                                                                                           

                                                                                          (Optional) Displays the SRLG values for all the configured interfaces.

                                                                                          Note   

                                                                                          You can configure up to 250 interfaces.

                                                                                           

                                                                                          Creating an Explicit Path With Exclude SRLG

                                                                                          Perform this task to create an explicit path with the exclude SRLG option.

                                                                                          SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                            1.    configure

                                                                                            2.    explicit-path {identifier number [disable | index]}{ name explicit-path-name}

                                                                                            3.    index 1 exclude-address 192.168.92.1

                                                                                            4.    index 2 exclude-srlg 192.168.92.2

                                                                                            5.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                            • end
                                                                                            • commit


                                                                                          DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                              Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                            Step 1 configure


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 2 explicit-path {identifier number [disable | index]}{ name explicit-path-name}


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# explicit-path name backup-srlg
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Enters the explicit path configuration mode. Identifer range is 1 to 65535.

                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 3 index 1 exclude-address 192.168.92.1

                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router router(config-expl-path)# index 1 exclude-address 192.168.92.1
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Specifies the IP address to be excluded from the explicit path.

                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 4 index 2 exclude-srlg 192.168.92.2


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-expl-path)# index 2 exclude-srlg 192.168.192.2
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Specifies the IP address to extract SRLGs to be excluded from the explicit path.

                                                                                             
                                                                                            Step 5 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                            • end
                                                                                            • commit


                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                                                                                            or

                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                            • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                              Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                                              before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                                              
                                                                                              • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                              • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                              • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                            • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                             

                                                                                            Using Explicit Path With Exclude SRLG

                                                                                            Perform this task to use an explicit path with the exclude SRLG option on the static backup tunnel.

                                                                                            SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                              1.    configure

                                                                                              2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                                                              3.    interface type interface-path-id

                                                                                              4.    backup-path tunnel-te tunnel-number

                                                                                              5.    exit

                                                                                              6.    exit

                                                                                              7.    interface tunnel-tetunnel-id

                                                                                              8.    ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

                                                                                              9.    path-option preference-priority{ dynamic | explicit {identifier | name explicit-path-name}}

                                                                                              10.    destination ip-address

                                                                                              11.    exit

                                                                                              12.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                              • end
                                                                                              • commit

                                                                                              13.    show run explicit-path name name

                                                                                              14.    show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination name explicit-path name


                                                                                            DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                              Step 1 configure


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 3 interface type interface-path-id


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS 0/6/0/0
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Enables traffic engineering on a specific interface on the originating node.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 4 backup-path tunnel-te tunnel-number


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# backup-path tunnel-te 2
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Configures an MPLS TE backup path for a specific interface.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 5 exit


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# exit
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 6 exit


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# exit
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 7 interface tunnel-tetunnel-id


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 2
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 8 ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Assigns a source address to set up forwarding on the new tunnel.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 9 path-option preference-priority{ dynamic | explicit {identifier | name explicit-path-name}}


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option l explicit name backup-srlg
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Sets the path option to explicit with a given name (previously configured) and assigns the path ID.

                                                                                              Note   

                                                                                              You can use the dynamic option to dynamically assign a path.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 10 destination ip-address


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 192.168.92.125
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Assigns a destination address on the new tunnel.

                                                                                              • Destination address is the remote node’s MPLS-TE router ID.
                                                                                              • Destination address is the merge point between backup and protected tunnels.
                                                                                              Note   

                                                                                              When you configure TE tunnel with multiple protection on its path and merge point is the same node for more than one protection, you must configure record-route for that tunnel.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 11 exit


                                                                                              Example:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# exit 

                                                                                              Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 12 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                              • end
                                                                                              • commit


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                                                                                              or

                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                              • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                                                before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                                                
                                                                                                • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                              • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 13 show run explicit-path name name


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show run explicit-path name backup-srlg
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Displays the SRLG values that are configured for the link.

                                                                                               
                                                                                              Step 14 show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination name explicit-path name


                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination 192.168.92.125 explicit-path backup-srlg
                                                                                               

                                                                                              Displays the SRLG values that are configured for the link.

                                                                                               

                                                                                              Creating a Link Protection on Backup Tunnel with SRLG Constraint

                                                                                              Perform this task to create an explicit path with the exclude SRLG option on the static backup tunnel.

                                                                                              SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                1.    configure

                                                                                                2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                                                                3.    interface type interface-path-id

                                                                                                4.    backup-path tunnel-te tunnel-number

                                                                                                5.    exit

                                                                                                6.    exit

                                                                                                7.    interface tunnel-tetunnel-id

                                                                                                8.    ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

                                                                                                9.    path-option preference-priority{ dynamic | explicit {identifier | name explicit-path-name}}

                                                                                                10.    destination ip-address

                                                                                                11.    exit

                                                                                                12.    explicit-path {identifier number [disable | index]}{ name explicit-path-name}

                                                                                                13.    index 1 exclude-srlg 192.168.92.2

                                                                                                14.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                                • end
                                                                                                • commit

                                                                                                15.    show mpls traffic-eng tunnelstunnel-number detail


                                                                                              DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                  Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                                Step 1 configure


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 3 interface type interface-path-id


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Enables traffic engineering on a particular interface on the originating node.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 4 backup-path tunnel-te tunnel-number


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# backup-path tunnel-te 2
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Sets the backup path to the primary tunnel outgoing interface.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 5 exit


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# exit
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 6 exit


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# exit
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 7 interface tunnel-tetunnel-id


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 2
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 8 ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Assigns a source address to set up forwarding on the new tunnel.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 9 path-option preference-priority{ dynamic | explicit {identifier | name explicit-path-name}}


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 explicit name backup-srlg
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Sets the path option to explicit with a given name (previously configured) and assigns the path ID. Identifier range is from 1 to 4294967295.

                                                                                                Note   

                                                                                                You can use the dynamic option to dynamically assign a path.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 10 destination ip-address


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 192.168.92.125
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Assigns a destination address on the new tunnel.

                                                                                                • Destination address is the remote node’s MPLS-TE router ID.
                                                                                                • Destination address is the merge point between backup and protected tunnels.
                                                                                                Note   

                                                                                                When you configure TE tunnel with multiple protection on its path and merge point is the same node for more than one protection, you must configure record-route for that tunnel.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 11 exit


                                                                                                Example:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# exit 

                                                                                                Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 12 explicit-path {identifier number [disable | index]}{ name explicit-path-name}


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# explicit-path name backup-srlg-nodep
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Enters the explicit path configuration mode. Identifer range is 1 to 65535.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 13 index 1 exclude-srlg 192.168.92.2

                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router:router(config-if)# index 1 exclude-srlg 192.168.192.2
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Specifies the protected link IP address to get SRLGs to be excluded from the explicit path.

                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 14 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                                • end
                                                                                                • commit


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                                                                                                or

                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                                • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                  Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                                                  before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                                                  
                                                                                                  • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                  • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                  • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                                 
                                                                                                Step 15 show mpls traffic-eng tunnelstunnel-number detail


                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 2 detail
                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Display the tunnel details with SRLG values that are configured for the link.

                                                                                                 

                                                                                                Creating a Node Protection on Backup Tunnel with SRLG Constraint

                                                                                                Perform this task to configure node protection on backup tunnel with SRLG constraint.

                                                                                                SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                  1.    configure

                                                                                                  2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                                                                  3.    interface type interface-path-id

                                                                                                  4.    backup-path tunnel-te tunnel-number

                                                                                                  5.    exit

                                                                                                  6.    exit

                                                                                                  7.    interface tunnel-tetunnel-id

                                                                                                  8.    ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

                                                                                                  9.    path-option preference-priority{ dynamic | explicit {identifier | name explicit-path-name}}

                                                                                                  10.    destination ip-address

                                                                                                  11.    exit

                                                                                                  12.    explicit-path {identifier number [disable | index]}{ name explicit-path-name}

                                                                                                  13.    index 1 exclude-address 192.168.92.1

                                                                                                  14.    index 2 exclude-srlg 192.168.92.2

                                                                                                  15.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                                  • end
                                                                                                  • commit

                                                                                                  16.    show mpls traffic-eng tunnels topology path destination ip-address explicit-path-name name


                                                                                                DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                    Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                                  Step 1 configure


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 3 interface type interface-path-id


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Enables traffic engineering on a particular interface on the originating node.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 4 backup-path tunnel-te tunnel-number


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# backup-path tunnel-te 2
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Sets the backup path for the primary tunnel outgoing interface.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 5 exit


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# exit
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 6 exit


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# exit
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 7 interface tunnel-tetunnel-id


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 2
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 8 ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Assigns a source address to set up forwarding on the new tunnel.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 9 path-option preference-priority{ dynamic | explicit {identifier | name explicit-path-name}}


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 explicit name backup-srlg
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Sets the path option to explicit with a given name (previously configured) and assigns the path ID. Identifier range is 1 to 4294967295.

                                                                                                  Note   

                                                                                                  You can use the dynamic option to dynamically assign path.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 10 destination ip-address


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 192.168.92.125
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Assigns a destination address on the new tunnel.

                                                                                                  • Destination address is the remote node’s MPLS-TE router ID.
                                                                                                  • Destination address is the merge point between backup and protected tunnels.
                                                                                                  Note   

                                                                                                  When you configure TE tunnel with multiple protection on its path and merge point is the same node for more than one protection, you must configure record-route for that tunnel.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 11 exit


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# exit
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 12 explicit-path {identifier number [disable | index]}{ name explicit-path-name}


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# explicit-path name backup-srlg-nodep
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Enters the explicit path configuration mode. Identifer range is 1 to 65535.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 13 index 1 exclude-address 192.168.92.1

                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router:router(config-if)# index 1 exclude-address 192.168.92.1
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Specifies the protected node IP address to be excluded from the explicit path.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 14 index 2 exclude-srlg 192.168.92.2


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# index 2 exclude-srlg 192.168.192.2
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Specifies the protected link IP address to get SRLGs to be excluded from the explicit path.

                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 15 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                                  • end
                                                                                                  • commit


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                                                                                                  or

                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                                  • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                    Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                                                    before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                    • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                    • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                  • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                                   
                                                                                                  Step 16 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels topology path destination ip-address explicit-path-name name


                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels topology path destination 192.168.92.125 explicit-path-name backup-srlg-nodep
                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Displays the path to the destination with the constraint specified in the explicit path.

                                                                                                   

                                                                                                  Configuring Point-to-Multipoint TE

                                                                                                  You must enable multicast routing on the edge router before performing Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) TE configurations. To configure Point-to-Multipoint TE, perform these procedures:

                                                                                                  Enabling Multicast Routing on the Router

                                                                                                  Perform this task to enable multicast routing on the router to configure P2MP tunnels.

                                                                                                  Before You Begin
                                                                                                  • To configure Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) tunnels, you must enable multicast routing on the router.
                                                                                                  • The customer-facing interface must enable multicast.
                                                                                                  SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                    1.    configure

                                                                                                    2.    multicast-routing

                                                                                                    3.    address-family {ipv4 | ipv6 }

                                                                                                    4.    interface tunnel-mte tunnel-id

                                                                                                    5.    enable

                                                                                                    6.    exit

                                                                                                    7.    interface type interface-path-id

                                                                                                    8.    enable

                                                                                                    9.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                                    • end
                                                                                                    • commit

                                                                                                    10.    show pim ipv6 interface type interface-path-id


                                                                                                  DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                      Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                                    Step 1 configure


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 2 multicast-routing


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# multicast-routing
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast)#
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Enters multicast routing configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 3 address-family {ipv4 | ipv6 }


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast)# address-family ipv6
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast-default-ipv6)#
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Configures the available IPv4 or IPv6 address prefixes to enable multicast routing and forwarding on all router interfaces.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 4 interface tunnel-mte tunnel-id


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast-default-ipv6)# interface tunnel-mte 1
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast-default-ipv6-if)#
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Configures an MPLS-TE P2MP tunnel interface.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 5 enable


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast-default-ipv6-if)# enable
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Enables multicast routing on the tunnel-mte interface.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 6 exit


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast-default-ipv6-if)# exit
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast-default-ipv6)#
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 7 interface type interface-path-id


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast-default-ipv6)# interface GigabitEthernet0/2/0/3
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast-default-ipv6-if)#
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Configures multicast routing on the GigabitEthernet interface.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 8 enable


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast-default-ipv6-if)# enable
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Enables multicast routing on the GigabitEthernet interface.

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 9 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                                    • end
                                                                                                    • commit


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast-default-ipv6-if)# end
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    

                                                                                                    or

                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mcast-default-ipv6-if)# commit
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                                    • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                      Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                                                      [cancel]:
                                                                                                      • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                      • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                      • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                    • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                                     
                                                                                                    Step 10 show pim ipv6 interface type interface-path-id


                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show pim ipv6 interface tunnel-mte 1
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    
                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Displays the output for the P2MP-TE tunnel interface that has IPv6 multicast enabled.

                                                                                                     

                                                                                                    Configuring the Static Group for the Point-to-Multipoint Interface

                                                                                                    Perform this task to configure the static group on the Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) interface to forward specified multicast traffic over P2MP LSP.

                                                                                                    SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                      1.    configure

                                                                                                      2.    router mld

                                                                                                      3.    vrf vrf-name

                                                                                                      4.    interface tunnel-mte tunnel-id

                                                                                                      5.    static-group group-address

                                                                                                      6.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                                      • end
                                                                                                      • commit

                                                                                                      7.    show mrib ipv6 route source-address


                                                                                                    DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                        Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                                      Step 1 configure


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                       
                                                                                                      Step 2 router mld


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router mld
                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mld)#
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Enters router MLD configuration mode.

                                                                                                       
                                                                                                      Step 3 vrf vrf-name


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mld)#vrf default
                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mld-default)#
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Configures a virtual private network (VRF) instance.

                                                                                                       
                                                                                                      Step 4 interface tunnel-mte tunnel-id


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mld-default)#interface tunnel-mte 1
                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mld-default-if)#
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Configures an MPLS-TE P2MP tunnel interface.

                                                                                                       
                                                                                                      Step 5 static-group group-address


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mld-default-if)# static-group ff35::1 2000::1
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Configures the multicast group address in the Source-Specific Multicast (SSM) address range (ff35::/16) for the IPv6 address prefix.

                                                                                                       
                                                                                                      Step 6 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                                      • end
                                                                                                      • commit


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mld-default-if)# end
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                      

                                                                                                      or

                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mld-default-if)# commit
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                                      • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                        Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                                                        [cancel]:
                                                                                                        • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                        • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                        • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                      • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                                       
                                                                                                      Step 7 show mrib ipv6 route source-address


                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mrib ipv6 route ff35::1
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                      
                                                                                                       

                                                                                                      Verifies the multicast static mapping.

                                                                                                       
                                                                                                      Related Concepts

                                                                                                      Configuring Destinations for the Tunnel Interface

                                                                                                      Perform this task to configure three destinations for the tunnel interface for Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP).

                                                                                                      These variations are listed to ensure that the destination and path option configurations are separate from the tunnel interface.

                                                                                                      • Different path option is used for different destinations. This task shows three destinations.
                                                                                                      • Explicit path option is based on an ID or a name.
                                                                                                      • Default path option is similar to the Point-to-Point (P2P) LSP.
                                                                                                      Before You Begin

                                                                                                      These prerequisites are required to configure destinations for the tunnel interface.

                                                                                                      • Multicast routing must be enabled on both the tunnel-mte interface and customer-facing interface from the source.
                                                                                                      • Static-group must be configured on the tunnel-mte interface to forward specified multicast traffic over P2MP LSP.
                                                                                                      SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                        1.    configure

                                                                                                        2.    interface tunnel-mte tunnel-id

                                                                                                        3.    destination ip-address

                                                                                                        4.    path-option preference-priority explicit identifier path-number

                                                                                                        5.    path-option preference-priority dynamic

                                                                                                        6.    exit

                                                                                                        7.    destination ip-address

                                                                                                        8.    path-option preference-priority explicit name pathname

                                                                                                        9.    path-option preference-priority dynamic

                                                                                                        10.    exit

                                                                                                        11.    destination ip-address

                                                                                                        12.    path-option preference-priority explicit name pathname [verbatim]

                                                                                                        13.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                                        • end
                                                                                                        • commit

                                                                                                        14.    show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [brief] [p2mp tunnel-number]


                                                                                                      DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                          Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                                        Step 1 configure


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 2 interface tunnel-mte tunnel-id


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-mte 10
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Configures an MPLS-TE P2MP tunnel interface.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 3 destination ip-address


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 172.16.255.1
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)#
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Sets the destination address for tunnel-mte 10 to 172.16.255.1. This destination uses the explicit path identified by explicit path ID 10. If destination 172.16.255.1 cannot come with explicit path ID 10, the fall back path option is dynamic.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 4 path-option preference-priority explicit identifier path-number


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# path-option 1 explicit identifier 10
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Configures the path number of the IP explicit path.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 5 path-option preference-priority dynamic


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# path-option 2 dynamic
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Specifies that label switched paths (LSP) are dynamically calculated.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 6 exit


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# exit
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 7 destination ip-address


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 172.16.255.2
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)#
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Sets the destination address for tunnel-mte 10 to 172.16.255.2.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 8 path-option preference-priority explicit name pathname


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# path-option 1 explicit name how-to-get-to-172.16.255.2
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Specifies the path name of the IP explicit path. Destination 172.16.255.2 uses the explicit path that is identified by the explicit path name "how-to-get-to-172.16.255.2."

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 9 path-option preference-priority dynamic


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# path-option 2 dynamic
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Sets the fall back path option as dynamic when the destination cannot come to the explicit path.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 10 exit


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# exit
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 11 destination ip-address


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 172.16.255.3
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)#
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Specifies that destination 172.16.255.3 uses only the dynamically computed path.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 12 path-option preference-priority explicit name pathname [verbatim]


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# path-option 1 explicit name how-to-get-to-172.16.255.3 verbatim
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Specifies that destination 172.16.255.3 uses the explicit path identified by the explicit path name "how-to-get-to-172.16.255.3" in verbatim mode.

                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 13 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                                        • end
                                                                                                        • commit


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# end
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        

                                                                                                        or

                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# commit
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                                        • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                          Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                                                          [cancel]:
                                                                                                          • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                          • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                          • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                        • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                                         
                                                                                                        Step 14 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [brief] [p2mp tunnel-number]


                                                                                                        Example:
                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels brief p2mp 10
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Displays the brief summary of the P2MP tunnel status and configuration.

                                                                                                         

                                                                                                        Disabling Destinations

                                                                                                        Perform this task to disable the given destination for the Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) tunnel interface.

                                                                                                        SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                          1.    configure

                                                                                                          2.    interface tunnel-mte tunnel-id

                                                                                                          3.    ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

                                                                                                          4.    destination ip-address

                                                                                                          5.    disable

                                                                                                          6.    path-option preference-priority dynamic

                                                                                                          7.    path-option preference-priority explicit name pathname

                                                                                                          8.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                                          • end
                                                                                                          • commit


                                                                                                        DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                            Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                                          Step 1 configure


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 2 interface tunnel-mte tunnel-id


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-mte 101
                                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Configures an MPLS-TE P2MP tunnel interface.

                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 3 ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Assigns a source address so that forwarding can be performed on the new tunnel. Loopback is commonly used as the interface type.

                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 4 destination ip-address


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 140.140.140.140
                                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)#
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Sets the destination address for tunnel-mte 10 to 140.140.140.140.

                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 5 disable


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)#disable
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Disables destination 140.140.140.140 for tunnel-mte 10.

                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 6 path-option preference-priority dynamic


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)#path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Specifies that label switched paths (LSP) are dynamically calculated.

                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 7 path-option preference-priority explicit name pathname


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)#path-option 2 explicit name to4 
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Specifies that destination 140.140.140.140 uses the explicit path identified by the explicit path name "to4."

                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Step 8 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                                          • end
                                                                                                          • commit


                                                                                                          Example:
                                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# end

                                                                                                          or

                                                                                                          RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# commit
                                                                                                           

                                                                                                          Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                                          • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                            Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                                                            [cancel]:
                                                                                                            • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                            • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                            • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                          • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                                           
                                                                                                          Related References

                                                                                                          Logging Per Destinations for Point-to-Multipoint

                                                                                                          Perform this task to log destinations for Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP).

                                                                                                          SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                            1.    configure

                                                                                                            2.    interface tunnel-mte tunnel-id

                                                                                                            3.    ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

                                                                                                            4.    destination ip-address

                                                                                                            5.    logging events lsp-status state

                                                                                                            6.    logging events lsp-status reroute

                                                                                                            7.    path-option preference-priority explicit name pathname

                                                                                                            8.    exit

                                                                                                            9.    fast-reroute

                                                                                                            10.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                                            • end
                                                                                                            • commit

                                                                                                            11.    show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [p2mp]


                                                                                                          DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                              Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                                            Step 1 configure


                                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                             

                                                                                                            Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                             
                                                                                                            Step 2 interface tunnel-mte tunnel-id


                                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-mte 1000
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#
                                                                                                              
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                             

                                                                                                            Configures an MPLS-TE P2MP tunnel interface.

                                                                                                             
                                                                                                            Step 3 ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id


                                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered loopback0
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                             

                                                                                                            Configures the MPLS-TE tunnel to use the IPv4 address on loopback interface 0.

                                                                                                             
                                                                                                            Step 4 destination ip-address


                                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 100.0.0.3
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)#
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                             

                                                                                                            Sets the destination address for tunnel-mte from 1000 to 100.0.0.3.

                                                                                                             
                                                                                                            Step 5 logging events lsp-status state


                                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# logging events lsp-status state
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                             

                                                                                                            Sends out the log message when the tunnel LSP goes up or down when the software is enabled.

                                                                                                             
                                                                                                            Step 6 logging events lsp-status reroute


                                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# logging events lsp-status reroute
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                             

                                                                                                            Sends out the log message when the tunnel LSP is rerouted due to an FRR event when the software is enabled.

                                                                                                             
                                                                                                            Step 7 path-option preference-priority explicit name pathname


                                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# path-option 1 explicit name path123
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                             

                                                                                                            Specifies the path name of the IP explicit path. Destination 100.0.0.3 uses the explicit path that is identified by the explicit path name "path123."

                                                                                                             
                                                                                                            Step 8 exit


                                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# exit
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                             

                                                                                                            Exits the current configuration mode.

                                                                                                             
                                                                                                            Step 9 fast-reroute


                                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# fast-reroute
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                             

                                                                                                            Enables fast-reroute (FRR) protection for a P2MP TE tunnel.

                                                                                                             
                                                                                                            Step 10 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                                            • end
                                                                                                            • commit


                                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# end
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            

                                                                                                            or

                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                             

                                                                                                            Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                                            • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                              Uncommitted changes found, commit them before exiting(yes/no/cancel)?
                                                                                                              [cancel]:
                                                                                                              • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                              • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                              • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                            • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                                             
                                                                                                            Step 11 show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [p2mp]


                                                                                                            Example:
                                                                                                            RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels p2mp
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                             

                                                                                                            Displays the information for all P2MP tunnels.

                                                                                                             

                                                                                                            Configuring Auto-Tunnel Mesh Tunnel ID

                                                                                                            Perform this activity to configure the tunnel ID range that can be allocated to Auto-tunnel mesh tunnels.

                                                                                                            SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                              1.    configure

                                                                                                              2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                                                                              3.    auto-tunnel mesh

                                                                                                              4.    tunnel-id min value max value

                                                                                                              5.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                                              • end
                                                                                                              • commit


                                                                                                            DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                                Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                                              Step 1 configure


                                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                                              
                                                                                                               

                                                                                                              Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                               
                                                                                                              Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                              
                                                                                                               

                                                                                                              Enters MPLS TE configuration mode.

                                                                                                               
                                                                                                              Step 3 auto-tunnel mesh


                                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel mesh
                                                                                                              
                                                                                                               

                                                                                                              Enters auto-tunnel mesh configuration mode. You can configure auto-tunnel mesh related options from this mode.

                                                                                                               
                                                                                                              Step 4 tunnel-id min value max value


                                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-auto-mesh)# tunnel-id min 10 max 50
                                                                                                              
                                                                                                               

                                                                                                              Specifies the minimum and maximum number of auto-tunnel mesh tunnels that can be created on this router. The range of tunnel ID is from 0 to 65535.

                                                                                                               
                                                                                                              Step 5 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                                              • end
                                                                                                              • commit


                                                                                                              Example:
                                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                                                                                                              or

                                                                                                              RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                                                                                                               

                                                                                                              Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                                              • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                                Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                                                                before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                                • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                                • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                              • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                                               

                                                                                                              Configuring Auto-tunnel Mesh Unused Timeout

                                                                                                              Perform this task to configure a global timer to remove unused auto-mesh tunnels.

                                                                                                              SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                                1.    configure

                                                                                                                2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                                                                                3.    auto-tunnel mesh

                                                                                                                4.    timer removal unused timeout

                                                                                                                5.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                                                • end
                                                                                                                • commit


                                                                                                              DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                                  Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                                                Step 1 configure


                                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                Step 3 auto-tunnel mesh


                                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel mesh
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                Enables auto-tunnel mesh groups globally.

                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                Step 4 timer removal unused timeout


                                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-auto-mesh)# timers removal unused 10
                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                Specifies a timer, in minutes, after which a down auto-tunnel mesh gets deleted whose destination was not in TE topology. The default value for this timer is 60.

                                                                                                                The timer gets started when these conditions are met:
                                                                                                                • Tunnel destination node is removed from the topology
                                                                                                                • Tunnel is in down state
                                                                                                                Note    The unused timer runs per tunnel because the same destination in different mesh-groups may have different tunnels created.
                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                Step 5 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                                                • end
                                                                                                                • commit


                                                                                                                Example:
                                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                                                                                                                or

                                                                                                                RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                                                • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                                  Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                                                                  before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                  • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                                  • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                                  • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                                • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                Configuring Auto-Tunnel Mesh Group

                                                                                                                Perform this task to configure an auto-tunnel mesh group globally on the router.

                                                                                                                SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                                  1.    configure

                                                                                                                  2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                                                                                  3.    auto-tunnel mesh

                                                                                                                  4.    group value

                                                                                                                  5.    disable

                                                                                                                  6.    attribute-setname

                                                                                                                  7.    destination-list

                                                                                                                  8.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                                                  • end
                                                                                                                  • commit


                                                                                                                DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                                    Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                                                  Step 1 configure


                                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                  Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                  Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                  Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                  Step 3 auto-tunnel mesh


                                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel mesh
                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                  Enables auto-tunnel mesh groups globally.

                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                  Step 4 group value


                                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-auto-mesh)# group 65
                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                  Specifies the membership of auto-tunnel mesh. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.

                                                                                                                  Note   

                                                                                                                  When the destination-list is not supplied, head-end will automatically build destination list belonging for the given mesh-group membership using TE topology.

                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                  Step 5 disable


                                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-auto-mesh-group)# disable
                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                  Disables the meshgroup and deletes all tunnels created for this meshgroup.

                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                  Step 6 attribute-setname


                                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-auto-mesh-group)# attribute-set am-65
                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                  Specifies the attributes used for all tunnels created for the meshgroup. If it is not defined, this meshgroup does not create any tunnel.

                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                  Step 7 destination-list


                                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-auto-mesh-group)# destination-list dl-65
                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                  This is a mandatory configuration under a meshgroup. If a given destination-list is not defined as a prefix-list, this meshgroup create tunnels to all nodes available in TE topology.

                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                  Step 8 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                                                  • end
                                                                                                                  • commit


                                                                                                                  Example:
                                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                                                                                                                  or

                                                                                                                  RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                  Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                                                  • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                                    Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                                                                    before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                    • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                                    • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                                    • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                                  • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                  Configuring Tunnel Attribute-Set Templates

                                                                                                                  Perform this task to define attribute-set templates for auto-mesh tunnels.

                                                                                                                  SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                                    1.    configure

                                                                                                                    2.    mpls traffic-eng

                                                                                                                    3.    attribute-set auto-mesh attribute-set-name

                                                                                                                    4.    affinity value mask mask-value

                                                                                                                    5.    signalled-bandwidth kbps class-type class-type number

                                                                                                                    6.    autoroute announce

                                                                                                                    7.    fast-reroute protect bandwidth node

                                                                                                                    8.    auto-bw collect-bw-only

                                                                                                                    9.    logging events lsp-status {state | insufficient-bandwidth | reoptimize | reroute }

                                                                                                                    10.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                                                    • end
                                                                                                                    • commit


                                                                                                                  DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                                      Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                                                    Step 1 configure


                                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                    Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                    Step 2 mpls traffic-eng


                                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                    Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                    Step 3 attribute-set auto-mesh attribute-set-name


                                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te)# attribute-set auto-mesh attribute-set-mesh
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                    Specifies name of the attribute-set of auto-mesh type.

                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                    Step 4 affinity value mask mask-value


                                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te)# affinity 0101 mask 320
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                    Configures the affinity properties the tunnel requires in its links for an MPLS-TE tunnel under an auto-mesh attribute-set.

                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                    Step 5 signalled-bandwidth kbps class-type class-type number


                                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# signalled-bandwidth 1000 class-type 0
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                    Configures the bandwidth attribute required for an MPLS-TE tunnel under an auto-mesh attribute-set. Because the default tunnel priority is 7, tunnels use the default TE class map (namely, class-type 0, priority 7).

                                                                                                                    Note   

                                                                                                                    You can configure the class type of the tunnel bandwidth request. The class-type 0 is strictly equivalent to global-pool and class-type 1 is strictly equivalent to subpool.

                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                    Step 6 autoroute announce


                                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# autoroute announce
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                    Enables parameters for IGP routing over tunnel.

                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                    Step 7 fast-reroute protect bandwidth node


                                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# fast-reroute
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                    Enables fast-reroute bandwidth protection and node protection for auto-mesh tunnels.

                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                    Step 8 auto-bw collect-bw-only


                                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# auto-bw collect-bw-only
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                    Enables automatic bandwidth collection frequency, and controls the manner in which the bandwidth for a tunnel collects output rate information, but does not adjust the tunnel bandwidth.

                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                    Step 9 logging events lsp-status {state | insufficient-bandwidth | reoptimize | reroute }


                                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# logging events lsp-status state
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                    Sends out the log message when the tunnel LSP goes up or down when the software is enabled.

                                                                                                                    Sends out the log message when the tunnel LSP undergoes setup or reoptimize failure due to bandwidth issues.

                                                                                                                    Sends out the log message for the LSP reoptimize change alarms.

                                                                                                                    Sends out the log message for the LSP reroute change alarms.

                                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                    Step 10 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                                                    • end
                                                                                                                    • commit


                                                                                                                    Example:
                                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                                                                                                                    or

                                                                                                                    RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                    Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                                                    • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                                      Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                                                                      before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                                      • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                                      • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                                    • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                    Enabling LDP on Auto-Tunnel Mesh

                                                                                                                    Perform this task to enable LDP on auto-tunnel mesh group.

                                                                                                                    SUMMARY STEPS

                                                                                                                      1.    configure

                                                                                                                      2.    mpls ldp

                                                                                                                      3.    traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh

                                                                                                                      4.    groupidall

                                                                                                                      5.    Use one of these commands:

                                                                                                                      • end
                                                                                                                      • commit


                                                                                                                    DETAILED STEPS
                                                                                                                        Command or Action Purpose
                                                                                                                      Step 1 configure


                                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                      Enters global configuration mode.

                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                      Step 2 mpls ldp


                                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ldp)# mpls ldp
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                      Enters MPLS LDP configuration mode.

                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                      Step 3 traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh


                                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ldp-te-auto-mesh)# traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                      Enters auto-tunnel mesh configuration mode. You can configure TE auto-tunnel mesh groups from this mode.

                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                      Step 4 groupidall


                                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ldp-te-auto-mesh)# group all
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                      Configures an auto-tunnel mesh group of interfaces in LDP. You can enable LDP on all TE meshgroup interfaces or you can specify the TE mesh group ID on which the LDP is enabled. The range of group ID is from 0 to 4294967295.

                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                      Step 5 Use one of these commands:
                                                                                                                      • end
                                                                                                                      • commit


                                                                                                                      Example:
                                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# end

                                                                                                                      or

                                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# commit
                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                      Saves configuration changes.

                                                                                                                      • When you issue the end command, the system prompts you to commit changes:
                                                                                                                        Uncommitted changes found, commit them
                                                                                                                        before exiting(yes/no/cancel)? [cancel]:
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        • Entering yes saves configuration changes to the running configuration file, exits the configuration session, and returns the router to EXEC mode.
                                                                                                                        • Entering no exits the configuration session and returns the router to EXEC mode without committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                                        • Entering cancel leaves the router in the current configuration session without exiting or committing the configuration changes.
                                                                                                                      • Use the commit command to save the configuration changes to the running configuration file, and remain within the configuration session.
                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                      Configuration Examples for Cisco MPLS-TE

                                                                                                                      These configuration examples are used for MPLS-TE:

                                                                                                                      Configure Fast Reroute and SONET APS: Example

                                                                                                                      When SONET Automatic Protection Switching (APS) is configured on a router, it does not offer protection for tunnels; because of this limitation, fast reroute (FRR) still remains the protection mechanism for MPLS-TE.

                                                                                                                      When APS is configured in a SONET core network, an alarm might be generated toward a router downstream. If this router is configured with FRR, the hold-off timer must be configured at the SONET level to prevent FRR from being triggered while the core network is performing a restoration. Enter the following commands to configure the delay:

                                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# controller sonet 0/6/0/0 delay trigger line 250 
                                                                                                                        RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# controller sonet 0/6/0/0 path delay trigger 300 
                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                      Build MPLS-TE Topology and Tunnels: Example

                                                                                                                      The following examples show how to build an OSPF and IS-IS topology:

                                                                                                                        (OSPF)
                                                                                                                        ...
                                                                                                                        configure
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                          interface pos 0/6/0/0 
                                                                                                                          router id loopback 0
                                                                                                                          router ospf 1
                                                                                                                          router-id 192.168.25.66
                                                                                                                          area 0
                                                                                                                          interface pos 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                          interface loopback 0
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng router-id loopback 0
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng area 0 
                                                                                                                          rsvp
                                                                                                                          interface pos 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                          bandwidth 100
                                                                                                                          commit
                                                                                                                        show mpls traffic-eng topology
                                                                                                                        show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisement
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        (IS-IS)
                                                                                                                        ...
                                                                                                                        configure
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                          interface pos 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                          router id loopback 0
                                                                                                                          router isis lab
                                                                                                                          address-family ipv4 unicast
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng level 2
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback 0
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          interface POS0/0/0/0
                                                                                                                          address-family ipv4 unicast
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                      The following example shows how to configure tunnel interfaces:

                                                                                                                        interface tunnel-te1 
                                                                                                                          destination 192.168.92.125
                                                                                                                          ipv4 unnumbered loopback 0 
                                                                                                                          path-option l dynamic
                                                                                                                          bandwidth 100 
                                                                                                                          commit
                                                                                                                        show mpls traffic-eng tunnels
                                                                                                                        show ipv4 interface brief
                                                                                                                        show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        interface tunnel-te1
                                                                                                                          autoroute announce
                                                                                                                          route ipv4 192.168.12.52/32 tunnel-te1
                                                                                                                          commit
                                                                                                                        ping 192.168.12.52
                                                                                                                        show mpls traffic autoroute
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        interface tunnel-te1
                                                                                                                          fast-reroute
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng interface pos 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                          backup-path tunnel-te 2
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te2
                                                                                                                          backup-bw global-pool 5000
                                                                                                                          ipv4 unnumbered loopback 0 
                                                                                                                          path-option l explicit name backup-path
                                                                                                                          destination 192.168.92.125
                                                                                                                         commit
                                                                                                                        show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup
                                                                                                                        show mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute database
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        rsvp
                                                                                                                          interface pos 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                          bandwidth 100 150 sub-pool 50
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te1
                                                                                                                          bandwidth sub-pool 10
                                                                                                                        commit
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                      Related Concepts

                                                                                                                      Configure IETF DS-TE Tunnels: Example

                                                                                                                      The following example shows how to configure DS-TE:

                                                                                                                        rsvp 
                                                                                                                         interface pos 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                         bandwidth rdm 100 150 bc1 50
                                                                                                                         mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                         ds-te mode ietf
                                                                                                                         interface tunnel-te 1
                                                                                                                         bandwidth 10 class-type 1
                                                                                                                         commit
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        configure
                                                                                                                         rsvp interface 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                         bandwidth mam max-reservable-bw 400 bc0 300 bc1 200
                                                                                                                         mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                         ds-te mode ietf
                                                                                                                         ds-te model mam
                                                                                                                         interface tunnel-te 1bandwidth 10 class-type 1
                                                                                                                         commit
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                      Related Concepts

                                                                                                                      Configure MPLS-TE and Fast-Reroute on OSPF: Example

                                                                                                                      CSPF areas are configured on a per-path-option basis. The following example shows how to use the traffic-engineering tunnels (tunnel-te) interface and the active path for the MPLS-TE tunnel:

                                                                                                                        configure
                                                                                                                         interface tunnel-te 0
                                                                                                                          path-option 1 explicit id 6 ospf 126 area 0
                                                                                                                          path-option 2 explicit name 234 ospf 3 area 7 verbatim
                                                                                                                          path-option 3 dynamic isis mtbf level 1 lockdown
                                                                                                                          commit
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                      Configure the Ignore IS-IS Overload Bit Setting in MPLS-TE: Example

                                                                                                                      This example shows how to configure the IS-IS overload bit setting in MPLS-TE:

                                                                                                                      This figure illustrates the IS-IS overload bit scenario:

                                                                                                                      Figure 10. IS-IS overload bit



                                                                                                                      Consider a MPLS TE topology in which usage of nodes that indicated an overload situation was restricted. In this topology, the router R7 exhibits overload situation and hence this node can not be used during TE CSPF. To overcome this limitation, the IS-IS overload bit avoidance (OLA) feature was introduced. This feature allows network administrators to prevent RSVP-TE label switched paths (LSPs) from being disabled when a router in that path has its Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) overload bit set.

                                                                                                                      The IS-IS overload bit avoidance feature is activated at router R1 using this command:

                                                                                                                      mpls traffic-eng path-selection ignore overload
                                                                                                                        configure
                                                                                                                         mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                          path-selection ignore overload 
                                                                                                                           commit
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                      Configure GMPLS: Example

                                                                                                                      This example shows how to set up headend and tailend routers with bidirectional optical unnumbered tunnels using numbered TE links:

                                                                                                                      Headend Router

                                                                                                                        router ospf roswell
                                                                                                                         router-id 11.11.11.11
                                                                                                                         nsf cisco
                                                                                                                         area 23
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         area 51
                                                                                                                          interface Loopback 0
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          interface MgmtEth0/0/CPU0/1
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          interface POS0/4/0/1
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback 0
                                                                                                                         mpls traffic-eng area 51
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        rsvp
                                                                                                                         interface POS0/2/0/3
                                                                                                                          bandwidth 2000
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        interface tunnel-gte 1
                                                                                                                         ipv4 unnumbered Loopback 0
                                                                                                                         switching transit fsc encoding 
                                                                                                                      sonetsdh
                                                                                                                         switching endpoint psc1 encoding packet
                                                                                                                         priority 3 3
                                                                                                                         signalled-bandwidth 500
                                                                                                                         destination 55.55.55.55
                                                                                                                         path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                         interface POS0/2/0/3
                                                                                                                          flooding-igp ospf roswell area 51
                                                                                                                          switching key 1
                                                                                                                           encoding packet
                                                                                                                           capability psc1
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          switching link
                                                                                                                           encoding 
                                                                                                                      sonetsdh
                                                                                                                           capability fsc
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          lmp data-link adjacency
                                                                                                                           neighbor gmpls5
                                                                                                                           remote te-link-id ipv4 10.0.0.5
                                                                                                                           remote interface-id unnum 12
                                                                                                                           remote switching-capability psc1
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         lmp neighbor gmpls5
                                                                                                                          ipcc routed
                                                                                                                          remote node-id 55.55.55.55
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                      Tailend Router

                                                                                                                        router ospf roswell
                                                                                                                         router-id 55.55.55.55
                                                                                                                         nsf cisco
                                                                                                                         area 23
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         area 51
                                                                                                                          interface Loopback 0
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          interface MgmtEth0/0/CPU0/1
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          interface POS0/4/0/2
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback 0
                                                                                                                         mpls traffic-eng area 51
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                         interface POS0/2/0/3
                                                                                                                          flooding-igp ospf roswell area 51
                                                                                                                          switching key 1
                                                                                                                           encoding packet
                                                                                                                           capability psc1
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          switching link
                                                                                                                           encoding 
                                                                                                                      sonetsdh
                                                                                                                           capability fsc
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          lmp data-link adjacency
                                                                                                                           neighbor gmpls1
                                                                                                                           remote te-link-id ipv4 10.0.0.1
                                                                                                                           remote interface-id unnum 12
                                                                                                                           remote switching-capability psc1
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         lmp neighbor gmpls1
                                                                                                                          ipcc routed
                                                                                                                          remote node-id 11.11.11.11
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        rsvp
                                                                                                                         interface POS0/2/0/3
                                                                                                                          bandwidth 2000
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        interface tunnel-gte 1
                                                                                                                         ipv4 unnumbered Loopback 0
                                                                                                                         passive
                                                                                                                         match identifier 
                                                                                                                                     head_router_hostname_t1
                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                         destination 11.11.11.11
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                      Configure Flexible Name-based Tunnel Constraints: Example

                                                                                                                      The following configuration shows the three-step process used to configure flexible name-based tunnel constraints.

                                                                                                                        R2
                                                                                                                        line console
                                                                                                                         exec-timeout 0 0
                                                                                                                         width 250
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        logging console debugging
                                                                                                                        explicit-path name mypath
                                                                                                                         index 1 next-address loose ipv4 unicast 3.3.3.3 !
                                                                                                                        explicit-path name ex_path1
                                                                                                                         index 10 next-address loose ipv4 unicast 2.2.2.2  index 20 next-address loose ipv4 unicast 3.3.3.3 !
                                                                                                                        interface Loopback0
                                                                                                                         ipv4 address 22.22.22.22 255.255.255.255 !
                                                                                                                        interface tunnel-te1
                                                                                                                         ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                         signalled-bandwidth 1000000
                                                                                                                         destination 3.3.3.3
                                                                                                                         affinity include green
                                                                                                                         affinity include yellow
                                                                                                                         affinity exclude white
                                                                                                                         affinity exclude orange
                                                                                                                         path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        router isis 1
                                                                                                                         is-type level-1
                                                                                                                         net 47.0001.0000.0000.0001.00
                                                                                                                         nsf cisco
                                                                                                                         address-family ipv4 unicast
                                                                                                                          metric-style wide
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng level-1
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback0
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         interface Loopback0
                                                                                                                          passive
                                                                                                                          address-family ipv4 unicast
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/0
                                                                                                                          address-family ipv4 unicast
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/1
                                                                                                                          address-family ipv4 unicast
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/2
                                                                                                                          address-family ipv4 unicast
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/3
                                                                                                                          address-family ipv4 unicast
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        rsvp
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/0
                                                                                                                          bandwidth 1000000 1000000
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/1
                                                                                                                          bandwidth 1000000 1000000
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/2
                                                                                                                          bandwidth 1000000 1000000
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/3
                                                                                                                          bandwidth 1000000 1000000
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/0
                                                                                                                          attribute-names red purple
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/1
                                                                                                                          attribute-names red orange
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/2
                                                                                                                          attribute-names green purple
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/3
                                                                                                                          attribute-names green orange
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         affinity-map red 1
                                                                                                                         affinity-map blue 2
                                                                                                                         affinity-map black 80
                                                                                                                         affinity-map green 4
                                                                                                                         affinity-map white 40
                                                                                                                         affinity-map orange 20
                                                                                                                         affinity-map purple 10
                                                                                                                         affinity-map yellow 8
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                      Configure an Interarea Tunnel: Example

                                                                                                                      The following configuration example shows how to configure a traffic engineering interarea tunnel. Router R1 is the headend for tunnel1, and router R2 (20.0.0.20) is the tailend. Tunnel1 is configured with a path option that is loosely routed through Ra and Rb.


                                                                                                                      Note


                                                                                                                      Specifying the tunnel tailend in the loosely routed path is optional.


                                                                                                                        configure
                                                                                                                       		 interface Tunnel-te1
                                                                                                                        				ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                        				destination 192.168.20.20
                                                                                                                        				signalled-bandwidth 300
                                                                                                                       				 path-option 1 explicit name path-tunnel1
                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                        explicit-path name path-tunnel1
                                                                                                                       		 index 10 next-address loose ipv4 unicast 192.168.40.40
                                                                                                                       		 index 20 next-address loose ipv4 unicast 192.168.60.60
                                                                                                                       		 index 30 next-address loose ipv4 unicast 192.168.20.20 
                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                      Configure Forwarding Adjacency: Example

                                                                                                                      The following configuration example shows how to configure an MPLS-TE forwarding adjacency on tunnel-te 68 with a holdtime value of 60:

                                                                                                                        configure
                                                                                                                         interface tunnel-te 68
                                                                                                                         forwarding-adjacency holdtime 60
                                                                                                                         commit
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                      Configure Unequal Load Balancing: Example

                                                                                                                      The following configuration example illustrates unequal load balancing configuration:

                                                                                                                        configure
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te0
                                                                                                                            destination 1.1.1.1
                                                                                                                            path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                            ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te1
                                                                                                                            destination 1.1.1.1
                                                                                                                            path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                            ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                            load-share 5
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te2
                                                                                                                            destination 1.1.1.1
                                                                                                                            path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                            ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                            signalled-bandwidth 5
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te10
                                                                                                                            destination 2.2.2.2
                                                                                                                            path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                            ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                            signalled-bandwidth 10
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te11
                                                                                                                            destination 2.2.2.2
                                                                                                                            path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                            ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                            signalled-bandwidth 10
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te12
                                                                                                                            destination 2.2.2.2
                                                                                                                            path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                            ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                            signalled-bandwidth 20
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te20
                                                                                                                            destination 3.3.3.3
                                                                                                                            path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                            ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                            signalled-bandwidth 10
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te21
                                                                                                                            destination 3.3.3.3
                                                                                                                            path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                            ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                            signalled-bandwidth 10
                                                                                                                            load-share 20
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te30
                                                                                                                            destination 4.4.4.4
                                                                                                                            path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                            ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                            signalled-bandwidth 10
                                                                                                                            load-share 5
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te31
                                                                                                                            destination 4.4.4.4
                                                                                                                            path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                            ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                            signalled-bandwidth 10
                                                                                                                            load-share 20
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                            load-share unequal
                                                                                                                        end
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                      Related Concepts

                                                                                                                      Configure PCE: Example

                                                                                                                      The following configuration example illustrates a PCE configuration:

                                                                                                                        configure
                                                                                                                        mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                          interface pos 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                          pce address ipv4 192.168.25.66
                                                                                                                          router id loopback 0
                                                                                                                          router ospf 1
                                                                                                                          router-id 192.168.25.66
                                                                                                                          area 0
                                                                                                                          interface pos 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                          interface loopback 0
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng router-id loopback 0
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng area 0 
                                                                                                                          rsvp
                                                                                                                          interface pos 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                          bandwidth 100
                                                                                                                          commit
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                      The following configuration example illustrates PCC configuration:

                                                                                                                        configure
                                                                                                                          interface tunnel-te 10
                                                                                                                          ipv4 unnumbered loopback 0
                                                                                                                          destination 1.2.3.4
                                                                                                                          path-option 1 dynamic pce
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                          interface pos 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                          router id loopback 0
                                                                                                                          router ospf 1
                                                                                                                          router-id 192.168.25.66
                                                                                                                          area 0
                                                                                                                          interface pos 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                          interface loopback 0
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng router-id loopback 0
                                                                                                                          mpls traffic-eng area 0 
                                                                                                                          rsvp
                                                                                                                          interface pos 0/6/0/0
                                                                                                                          bandwidth 100
                                                                                                                          commit
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                      Related Concepts

                                                                                                                      Configure Policy-based Tunnel Selection: Example

                                                                                                                      The following configuration example illustrates a PBTS configuration:

                                                                                                                        configure
                                                                                                                         interface tunnel-te0
                                                                                                                         ipv4 unnumbered Loopback3
                                                                                                                         signalled-bandwidth 50000
                                                                                                                         autoroute announce
                                                                                                                         destination 1.5.177.2
                                                                                                                         policy-class 2
                                                                                                                         path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                      Configure Tunnels for Path Protection: Example

                                                                                                                      The path protection feature is configured on only the source router. The dynamic path option is a prerequisite to configure a path protection.

                                                                                                                      interface tunnel-te150
                                                                                                                       ipv4 unnumbered Loopback150
                                                                                                                       autoroute announce
                                                                                                                       destination 151.151.151.151
                                                                                                                       affinity 11 mask 11
                                                                                                                       path-protection
                                                                                                                       path-option 2 explicit name p2mp3-p2mp4-p2mp5_1
                                                                                                                       path-option 10 dynamic 
                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                      Configure Automatic Bandwidth: Example

                                                                                                                      The following configuration example illustrates an automatic bandwidth configuration:

                                                                                                                        configure
                                                                                                                         interface tunnel-te6
                                                                                                                          auto-bw
                                                                                                                           bw-limit min 10000 max 500000
                                                                                                                           overflow threshold 50 min 1000 limit 3
                                                                                                                           adjustment-threshold 20 min 1000
                                                                                                                           application 180
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                      Configure the MPLS-TE Shared Risk Link Groups: Example

                                                                                                                      The following configuration example shows how to specify the SRLG value of each link that has a shared risk with another link:

                                                                                                                      config t
                                                                                                                      srlg
                                                                                                                          interface POS0/4/0/0
                                                                                                                               value 10
                                                                                                                               value 11
                                                                                                                          |
                                                                                                                          interface POS0/4/0/1
                                                                                                                               value 10
                                                                                                                          |
                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                      The following example shows the SRLG values configured on a specific link.

                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology brief 
                                                                                                                      My_System_id: 100.0.0.2 (OSPF 0 area 0)
                                                                                                                      My_System_id: 0000.0000.0002.00 (IS-IS 1 level-1)
                                                                                                                      My_System_id: 0000.0000.0002.00 (IS-IS 1 level-2)
                                                                                                                      My_BC_Model_Type: RDM 
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      Signalling error holddown: 10 sec Global Link Generation 389225
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      IGP Id: 0000.0000.0002.00, MPLS TE Id: 100.0.0.2 Router Node  (IS-IS 1 level-1)
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      IGP Id: 0000.0000.0002.00, MPLS TE Id: 100.0.0.2 Router Node  (IS-IS 1 level-2)
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                          Link[1]:Broadcast, DR:0000.0000.0002.07, Nbr Node Id:21, gen:389193
                                                                                                                            Frag Id:0, Intf Address:51.2.3.2, Intf Id:0
                                                                                                                            Nbr Intf Address:51.2.3.2, Nbr Intf Id:0
                                                                                                                            TE Metric:10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x0
                                                                                                                            Attribute Names: 
                                                                                                                            SRLGs: 1, 4, 5
                                                                                                                            Switching Capability:, Encoding:
                                                                                                                            BC Model ID:RDM
                                                                                                                            Physical BW:1000000 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:10000 (kbps)
                                                                                                                            Max Reservable BW Sub:10000 (kbps)
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                      The following example shows the configured tunnels and associated SRLG values.

                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      <snip>
                                                                                                                      Signalling Summary:
                                                                                                                                    LSP Tunnels Process:  running
                                                                                                                                           RSVP Process:  running
                                                                                                                                             Forwarding:  enabled
                                                                                                                                Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 1363 seconds
                                                                                                                                 Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 181 seconds
                                                                                                                                Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  0 (disabled)
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 100.0.0.3
                                                                                                                        Status:
                                                                                                                          Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: recovered
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                          path option 1,  type explicit path123 (Basis for Setup, path weight 2)
                                                                                                                                OSPF 0 area 0
                                                                                                                          G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
                                                                                                                          SRLGs excluded: 2,3,4,5
                                                                                                                                          6,7,8,9  
                                                                                                                          Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
                                                                                                                      <snip>
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                      The following example shows all the interfaces associated with SRLG.

                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topo srlg
                                                                                                                      My_System_id: 100.0.0.5 (OSPF 0 area 0)
                                                                                                                      My_System_id: 0000.0000.0005.00 (IS-IS 1 level-2)
                                                                                                                      My_System_id: 0000.0000.0005.00 (IS-IS ISIS-instance-123 level-2)
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                            SRLG      Interface Addr  TE Router ID    IGP Area  ID
                                                                                                                      __________      ______________  ____________    _______________
                                                                                                                              10      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS ISIS-instance-123 level-2
                                                                                                                              11      50.2.3.3        100.0.0.3       IS-IS 1 level-2
                                                                                                                              12      50.2.3.3        100.0.0.3       IS-IS 1 level-2
                                                                                                                              30      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS ISIS-instance-123 level-2
                                                                                                                              77      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS ISIS-instance-123 level-2
                                                                                                                              88      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS ISIS-instance-123 level-2
                                                                                                                            1500      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS ISIS-instance-123 level-2
                                                                                                                        10000000      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS ISIS-instance-123 level-2
                                                                                                                      4294967290      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS ISIS-instance-123 level-2
                                                                                                                      4294967295      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS ISIS-instance-123 level-2
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                      The following example shows the NHOP and NNHOP backup tunnels with excluded SRLG values.

                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology path dest 100.0.0.5 exclude-srlg ipaddr 
                                                                                                                      Path Setup to 100.0.0.2:
                                                                                                                      bw 0 (CT0), min_bw 0, metric: 30
                                                                                                                      setup_pri 7, hold_pri 7
                                                                                                                      affinity_bits 0x0, affinity_mask 0xffff
                                                                                                                      Exclude SRLG Intf Addr : 50.4.5.5
                                                                                                                      SRLGs Excluded :  10, 30, 1500, 10000000, 4294967290, 4294967295
                                                                                                                      Hop0:50.5.1.5
                                                                                                                      Hop1:50.5.1.1
                                                                                                                      Hop2:50.1.3.1
                                                                                                                      Hop3:50.1.3.3
                                                                                                                      Hop4:50.2.3.3
                                                                                                                      Hop5:50.2.3.2
                                                                                                                      Hop6:100.0.0.2
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                      The following example shows an extract of explicit-path set to protect a specific interface.

                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#sh mpls traffic-eng topology path dest 10.0.0.5 explicit-path name name 
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      Path Setup to 100.0.0.5:
                                                                                                                      bw 0 (CT0), min_bw 9999, metric: 2
                                                                                                                      setup_pri 7, hold_pri 7
                                                                                                                      affinity_bits 0x0, affinity_mask 0xffff
                                                                                                                      SRLGs Excluded: 10, 30, 77, 88, 1500, 10000000
                                                                                                                                      4294967290, 4294967295
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      Hop0:50.3.4.3
                                                                                                                      Hop1:50.3.4.4
                                                                                                                      Hop2:50.4.5.4
                                                                                                                      Hop3:50.4.5.5
                                                                                                                      Hop4:100.0.0.5
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                      Configure Point-to-Multipoint TE: Examples

                                                                                                                      These configuration examples show how to configure Point-to-Multipoint TE:

                                                                                                                      Configure Point-to-Multipoint for the Source: Example

                                                                                                                      At the source, multicast routing must be enabled on both the tunnel-mte interface and customer-facing interface. Then, the static-group must be configured on the tunnel-mte interface to forward specified multicast traffic over P2MP LSP.

                                                                                                                      Note


                                                                                                                      The multicast group address, which is in Source-Specific Multicast (SSM) address range (ff35::/16), must be used on the static-group configuration because Cisco IOS XR software supports only SSM for Label Switch Multicast (LSM). Additionally, the customer-facing interface must have an IPv6 address.


                                                                                                                      multicast-routing 
                                                                                                                        address-family ipv6
                                                                                                                         interface tunnel-mte 1
                                                                                                                          enable
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                         interface GigabitEthernet0/2/0/3  
                                                                                                                          enable
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       router mld
                                                                                                                        vrf default
                                                                                                                         interface tunnel-mte 1
                                                                                                                          static-group ff35::1 2000::1 3eFF::A 
                                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface tunnel-mte 1
                                                                                                                          ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                          destination 3.3.3.3   
                                                                                                                             path-option 1 dynamic 
                                                                                                                          destination 4.4.4.4
                                                                                                                             path-option 1 dynamic 
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                      Configure the Point-to-Multipoint Tunnel: Example

                                                                                                                      There is no difference between logging events at the tunnel level for both P2P and P2MP. The P2MP tunnel reoptimizes only at the per tunnel level.

                                                                                                                      interface tunnel-mte1
                                                                                                                            ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                            destination 60.60.60.60
                                                                                                                            logging events lsp-status state
                                                                                                                            logging events lsp-status reroute
                                                                                                                            path-option 10 explicit name toR6_via_R2andR3
                                                                                                                           !
                                                                                                                           logging events lsp-status reoptimize
                                                                                                                           logging events lsp-status state
                                                                                                                           logging events lsp-status reroute
                                                                                                                           fast-reroute
                                                                                                                           record-route
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                      explicit-path name PATH7
                                                                                                                           index 1 next-address strict ipv4 unicast 192.168.7.2
                                                                                                                           index 2 next-address strict ipv4 unicast 192.168.7.1
                                                                                                                           index 3 next-address strict ipv4 unicast 192.168.16.1
                                                                                                                           index 4 next-address strict ipv4 unicast 192.168.16.2
                                                                                                                           !
                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                      Disable a Destination: Example

                                                                                                                      From the tunnel-mte interface, you can disable the destination.

                                                                                                                      interface tunnel-mte101
                                                                                                                       ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                       destination 150.150.150.150
                                                                                                                        disable
                                                                                                                        path-option 10 dynamic 
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       destination 150.150.150.150
                                                                                                                        path-option 2 dynamic
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                      ! 
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                      Related Tasks

                                                                                                                      Configure the Point-to-Multipoint Solution: Example

                                                                                                                      Requirements for MPLS-TE Configuration

                                                                                                                      Before the Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) tunnel is defined, these MPLS-TE requirements must be configured:

                                                                                                                      • Multiprotocol Label Switching traffic engineering (MPLS-TE)
                                                                                                                      • Resource ReSerVation Protocol (RSVP)
                                                                                                                      • Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)

                                                                                                                      This example shows the entire P2MP solution:

                                                                                                                      • Source is the location where the P2MP-TE tunnel interface is created.
                                                                                                                      • Tunnel contains multiple destinations. For example, the P2MP-TE tunnel is configured with two leaf node destinations by using the dynamic and explicit path options.
                                                                                                                      • Fast-Reroute (FRR) is specified on the P2MP tunnel.
                                                                                                                      • All regular TE tunnel options such as affinity or bandwidth are configured.
                                                                                                                      • Static mapping of the group address to the P2MP tunnel is done in IGMP. Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP).
                                                                                                                      • The P2MP-TE midpoint configuration requires only TE and Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) information.
                                                                                                                      • The P2MP-TE receiver configuration requires a static group and RPF map.
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      explicit-path name g2-r2-r1
                                                                                                                       index 1 next-address strict ipv4 unicast 10.2.15.1
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      explicit-path name g2-r2-r3
                                                                                                                       index 1 next-address strict ipv4 unicast 10.2.25.1
                                                                                                                       index 2 next-address strict ipv4 unicast 10.2.23.2
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      explicit-path name g2-r2-r4
                                                                                                                       index 1 next-address strict ipv4 unicast 10.2.25.1
                                                                                                                       index 2 next-address strict ipv4 unicast 10.2.24.2
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      ipv4 access-list ssm
                                                                                                                       10 permit ipv4 232.1.0.0/16 any
                                                                                                                       20 permit ipv4 232.3.0.0/16 any
                                                                                                                       30 permit ipv4 232.4.0.0/16 any
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      ipv4 access-list ssm-test
                                                                                                                       10 permit ipv4 235.0.0.0/8 any
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface Loopback0
                                                                                                                       ipv4 address 192.168.1.2 255.255.255.255
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface tunnel-mte221
                                                                                                                       ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                       destination 192.168.1.1
                                                                                                                        path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       destination 192.168.1.3
                                                                                                                        path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       destination 192.168.1.4
                                                                                                                        path-option 1 dynamic
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface tunnel-mte222
                                                                                                                       ipv4 unnumbered Loopback0
                                                                                                                       destination 192.168.1.1
                                                                                                                        path-option 1 explicit name g2-r2-r1
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       destination 192.168.1.3
                                                                                                                        path-option 1 explicit name g2-r2-r3
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       destination 192.168.1.4
                                                                                                                        path-option 1 explicit name g2-r2-r4
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       signalled-bandwidth 1000
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface MgmtEth0/RP0/CPU0/0
                                                                                                                       ipv4 address 172.20.163.12 255.255.255.128
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface MgmtEth0/RP1/CPU0/0
                                                                                                                       shutdown
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/0
                                                                                                                       ipv4 address 172.2.1.2 255.255.255.0
                                                                                                                       load-interval 30
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1
                                                                                                                       ipv4 address 10.1.15.2 255.255.255.0
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1.2
                                                                                                                       ipv4 address 10.2.15.2 255.255.255.0
                                                                                                                       dot1q vlan 2
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/2
                                                                                                                       ipv4 address 10.1.25.2 255.255.255.0
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/2.2
                                                                                                                       ipv4 address 10.2.25.2 255.255.255.0
                                                                                                                       dot1q vlan 2
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/3
                                                                                                                       shutdown
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/4
                                                                                                                       shutdown
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/5
                                                                                                                       shutdown
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/6
                                                                                                                       shutdown
                                                                                                                      !         
                                                                                                                      interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/7
                                                                                                                       shutdown
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      router static
                                                                                                                       address-family ipv4 unicast
                                                                                                                        0.0.0.0/0 1.56.0.1
                                                                                                                        0.0.0.0/0 172.20.163.1
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      router ospf 100
                                                                                                                       nsr
                                                                                                                       router-id Loopback0
                                                                                                                       area 0
                                                                                                                        mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                        interface Loopback0
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/0
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1.2
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/2
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                        interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/2.2
                                                                                                                        !
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       mpls traffic-eng router-id Loopback0
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      mpls oam
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      rsvp
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/0
                                                                                                                        bandwidth 20000
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1
                                                                                                                        bandwidth 20000
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/2
                                                                                                                        bandwidth 20000
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1.2
                                                                                                                        bandwidth 20000
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/2.2
                                                                                                                        bandwidth 20000
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      mpls traffic-eng
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/0
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/2
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1.2
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/2.2
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      mpls ldp
                                                                                                                       router-id 192.168.1.2
                                                                                                                       nsr
                                                                                                                       graceful-restart
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/0
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1.2
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/2
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/2.2
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      multicast-routing
                                                                                                                       address-family ipv4
                                                                                                                        core-tree-protocol rsvp-te
                                                                                                                        ssm range ssm
                                                                                                                        static-rpf 172.1.1.1 32 mpls 192.168.1.1
                                                                                                                        static-rpf 172.3.1.1 32 mpls 192.168.1.3
                                                                                                                        static-rpf 172.4.1.1 32 mpls 192.168.1.4
                                                                                                                        interface all enable
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      router igmp
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface tunnel-mte221
                                                                                                                        static-group 232.2.2.1 172.2.1.1
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface tunnel-mte222
                                                                                                                        static-group 232.2.2.2 172.2.1.1
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                       interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0/0
                                                                                                                        static-group 232.1.2.1 172.1.1.1
                                                                                                                        static-group 232.1.2.2 172.1.1.1
                                                                                                                        static-group 232.3.2.1 172.3.1.1
                                                                                                                        static-group 232.3.2.2 172.3.1.1
                                                                                                                        static-group 232.4.2.1 172.4.1.1
                                                                                                                        static-group 232.4.2.2 172.4.1.1
                                                                                                                       !
                                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                                      end
                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                      Additional References

                                                                                                                      For additional information related to implementing MPLS-TE, refer to the following references:

                                                                                                                      Related Documents

                                                                                                                      Related Topic

                                                                                                                      Document Title

                                                                                                                      MPLS-TE commands

                                                                                                                      MPLS Traffic Engineering Commands on Cisco IOS XR Software module in Cisco IOS XR MPLS Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router

                                                                                                                      Getting started material

                                                                                                                      Cisco IOS XR Getting Started Guide for the Cisco CRS Router

                                                                                                                      Information about user groups and task IDs

                                                                                                                      Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide for the Cisco CRS Router

                                                                                                                      Standards

                                                                                                                      Standards

                                                                                                                      Title

                                                                                                                      Technical Assistance Center (TAC) home page, containing 30,000 pages of searchable technical content, including links to products, technologies, solutions, technical tips, and tools. Registered Cisco.com users can log in from this page to access even more content.

                                                                                                                      MIBs

                                                                                                                      MIBs

                                                                                                                      MIBs Link

                                                                                                                      To locate and download MIBs using Cisco IOS XR software, use the Cisco MIB Locator found at the following URL and choose a platform under the Cisco Access Products menu: http:/​/​cisco.com/​public/​sw-center/​netmgmt/​cmtk/​mibs.shtml

                                                                                                                      RFCs

                                                                                                                      RFCs

                                                                                                                      Title

                                                                                                                      RFC 4124

                                                                                                                      Protocol Extensions for Support of Diffserv-aware MPLS Traffic Engineering, F. Le Faucheur, Ed. June 2005.

                                                                                                                      (Format: TXT=79265 bytes) (Status: PROPOSED STANDARD)

                                                                                                                      RFC 4125

                                                                                                                      Maximum Allocation Bandwidth Constraints Model for Diffserv-aware MPLS Traffic Engineering, F. Le Faucheur, W. Lai. June 2005.

                                                                                                                      (Format: TXT=22585 bytes) (Status: EXPERIMENTAL)

                                                                                                                      RFC 4127

                                                                                                                      Russian Dolls Bandwidth Constraints Model for Diffserv-aware MPLS Traffic Engineering, F. Le Faucheur, Ed. June 2005.

                                                                                                                      (Format: TXT=23694 bytes) (Status: EXPERIMENTAL)

                                                                                                                      Technical Assistance

                                                                                                                      Description

                                                                                                                      Link

                                                                                                                      The Cisco Technical Support website contains thousands of pages of searchable technical content, including links to products, technologies, solutions, technical tips, and tools. Registered Cisco.com users can log in from this page to access even more content.

                                                                                                                      http:/​/​www.cisco.com/​techsupport